2019 cruze - my.chevrolet.com · cruze owner’s manual 84169515 a 2019 cruze c m y cm my cy cmy k...

CruzeOwner’s Manual

84169515 A

2019 Cru

ze

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

19_CHEV_Cruze_COV_en_US_84169515A_2018JUN22.ai 1 6/14/2018 10:21:20 AM19_CHEV_Cruze_COV_en_US_84169515A_2018JUN22.ai 1 6/14/2018 10:21:20 AM

Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-12146336) - 2019 - CRC - 6/20/18

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 28

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 109

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 151

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 159

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 323

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 342

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 352

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . 364

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,the CHEVROLET Emblem, andCRUZE are trademarks and/orservice marks of General MotorsLLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Company” forChevrolet Motor Division where itappears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion, or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner’s manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 84169515 A First Printing ©2018 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


Introduction 3

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner’smanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. See thefeatures in this manual forinformation.

u : Air Conditioning System

G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

9 : Dispose of Used ComponentsProperly

P : Do Not Apply High PressureWater

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

H : Flammable

[ : Forward Collision Alert

R : Fuse Block Cover LockLocation

+ : Fuses

j : ISOFIX/LATCH System ChildRestraints


4 Introduction

Q : Keep Fuse Block CoversProperly Installed

| : Lane Change Alert

@ : Lane Departure Warning

A : Lane Keep Assist

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

X : Park Assist

~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator

O : Power

7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert

I : Registered Technician

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Seat Belt Reminders

I : Side Blind Zone Alert

h : Stop/Start

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

a : Under Pressure

V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator


In Brief 5

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel Overview . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 13Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Passenger Sensing System . . . 14Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 15Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 17Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Vehicle FeaturesInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 21Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 21Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . 23Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 23Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 23Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 25Fuel (Gasoline) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Fuel (Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 26Driving for Better FuelEconomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27


6 In Brief

Instrument Panel

Instrument Panel Overview


In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 157.

2. Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 146.

Turn Signal Lever. See Turnand Lane-Change Signals0 148.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Buttons (If Equipped).See Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level) 0 132 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 135.

3. Instrument Cluster 0 115.

4. Windshield Wiper/Washer0 111.

5. Infotainment 0 151.

6. Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 146.

7. Hazard Warning Flashers0 147.

8. Heated Front Seats 0 62 (IfEquipped).

9. Instrument Panel Fuse Block0 268.

10. Climate Control Systems0 152.

Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 154 (If Equipped).

11. Power Outlets 0 113.

USB Port. See the infotainmentmanual.

12. Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 196.

Assistance Systems forParking or Backing 0 202.

Stop/Start Disable Button. SeeStop/Start System 0 178.

13. Shift Lever. See AutomaticTransmission 0 190.

14. Steering Wheel Controls 0 110.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Controls (If Equipped).See Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level) 0 132 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 135.

15. Horn 0 110.

16. Steering Wheel Adjustment0 110 (Out of View).

17. Cruise Control 0 198.

Heated Steering Wheel 0 110(If Equipped).

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 204 (If Equipped).

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 212(If Equipped).

18. Hood Release. See Hood0 232.

19. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 124.

20. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 144.

Fog Lamps 0 148 (IfEquipped).

Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 149.


8 In Brief

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that may or maynot be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner’s manual.

Stop/Start SystemThe Stop/Start system will shut offthe engine to help conserve fuel.It has components designed for theincreased number of starts.

When the brakes are applied andthe vehicle is at a complete stop,the engine may turn off. Whenstopped, the tachometer displaysAUTO STOP. See Tachometer0 119. When the brake pedal isreleased or the accelerator pedal ispressed, the engine will restart. SeeStop/Start System 0 178.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter may work up to 60 m(197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Flip Key

Press the key release button toextend the key blade. The key canbe used for the ignition and alllocks.

Keyless Access

Press the key release button toremove the key. The key can beused for all locks.

Press K to unlock the driver door.Press unlock again withinfive seconds to unlock all doors,depending on vehiclepersonalization. See VehiclePersonalization 0 139.

Press Q to lock all doors.

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized. See VehiclePersonalization 0 139.


In Brief 9

PressX twice quickly to open thetrunk or liftgate.

Press and hold 7 briefly to initiatevehicle locator.

Press and hold 7 for at leastthree seconds to sound the panicalarm.

Press 7 again to cancel the panicalarm.

See Keys 0 28 and Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation(Keyless Access) 0 31 or RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation (Key Access) 0 38.

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, the engine can bestarted from outside of the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.

Start the vehicle normally afterentering.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on.

Remote start can be extended.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 40.

Door LocksTo lock or unlock the vehicle fromthe outside:

. Use the key. The key lockcylinder is covered with a cap.See Door Locks 0 42.

. Press Q or K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.

To lock or unlock the vehicle fromthe inside, use the power door lockswitch.

Power Door Locks

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Q : Press to lock the doors.


10 In Brief

Keyless Access

If equipped, press the button on thedriver door handle when the RKEtransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of thedriver door handle. When unlockingfrom the driver door, the first pressunlocks that door; press againwithin five seconds to unlock allpassenger doors. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation (Keyless Access) 0 31 orRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (Key Access)0 38.

Trunk

To open the trunk:

. Press the trunk release buttonon the driver door.

. PressX twice on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.

. Press the touch pad on the trunkabove the license plate afterunlocking all doors.

See Trunk 0 46.

Windows

The power windows work when theignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 180.

Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if they are used repeatedlywithin a short time.

See Power Windows 0 53.


In Brief 11

Seat Adjustment

Manual Front Seats

To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front ofthe seat.

2. Slide the seat to the desiredposition and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Seat Height Adjuster

If equipped, move the lever up ordown to manually raise or lowerthe seat.

See Seat Adjustment 0 59.

Reclining Seatbacks

To recline the manual seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, then releasethe lever to lock the seatbackin place.

3. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked.


12 In Brief

To return the seatback to an uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatbackreturns to the upright position.


To recline a power seatback,if equipped:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.

See Reclining Seatbacks 0 60.

Power Driver Seat

To adjust a power driver seat,if equipped:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

See Power Seat Adjustment 0 60.

Rear Seats

The rear seatbacks can be folded.

For detailed instructions, see RearSeats 0 63.


In Brief 13

Heated Seats

If equipped, the controls are on thecenter stack. The engine must berunning to operate the heated seats.

Press M or L to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion.

Press the control once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe control, the heated seat willchange to the next lower setting,and then the off setting. Three lightsindicate the highest setting and onelight the lowest.

See Heated Front Seats 0 62.

Head RestraintAdjustmentDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatbackrecline angle as little as necessarywhile keeping the seat and the headrestraint height in the properposition.

See Head Restraints 0 58 and SeatAdjustment 0 59.

Seat Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to useseat belts properly:

. Seat Belts 0 66

. How to Wear Seat Belts Properly0 67

. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 69

. Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 92


14 In Brief

Passenger SensingSystem

United States

Canada

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 79 forimportant information.

The passenger airbag statusindicator will be visible on theoverhead console when the vehicleis started. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 123.

Mirror Adjustment

Exterior

1. Turn the control knob to L (Left)or R (Right) to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Move the control knob up,down, left, or right to adjust themirror.

See Power Mirrors 0 52.

If the vehicle has heated mirrors,see Heated Mirrors 0 52.

Interior Mirror

Adjustment

Adjust the rearview mirror to viewthe area behind the vehicle.

Manual Rearview Mirror

If equipped with a manual rearviewmirror, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it for nighttimeuse to avoid glare from theheadlamps from behind. SeeManual Rearview Mirror 0 53.


In Brief 15

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Interior LightingDome Lamps

( : Press to turn the lamps off,even when a door is open.

H : Press to turn the lamps onautomatically when a door isopened.

' : Press to turn on the domelamps.

Reading Lamps

Front Reading Lamps

Rear Reading Lamps, If Equipped

There are front reading lamps onthe overhead console and rearreading lamps in the headliner,if equipped.


16 In Brief

# or$ : Press the button neareach lamp to turn it on or off.

Instrument Panel IlluminationControl

This feature controls the brightnessof the instrument panel controls andthe infotainment display. Thethumbwheel is to the left of thesteering column on the instrumentpanel.

D : Move the thumbwheel up ordown and hold, to brighten or dimthe instrument panel controls andinfotainment display.

Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamp control is to theleft of the steering column on theinstrument panel.

O : Turns the exterior lamps off anddeactivates the AUTO mode. Turnto O again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Turns the headlamps onautomatically at normal brightness,together with the parking lamps,taillamps, license plate lamps,instrument panel lights, andsidemarker lamps.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights. A warningchime sounds if the driver door isopened when the ignition switch isoff and the headlamps are on.

9 : If equipped with fog lamps,press to turn the lamps on or off.

See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 144.

. Fog Lamps 0 148.


In Brief 17

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, move the lever toselect the wiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then adjust theband to control the frequency ofwipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For several wipes,hold the lever down.

f : Pull the lever toward you tospray windshield washer fluid andactivate the wipers.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer0 111 and Rear Window Wiper/Washer 0 112 (If Equipped).


18 In Brief

Climate ControlsThe heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled withthese systems.

Climate Control System (With Air Conditioning)

1. Fan Control

2. A/C (Air Conditioning)

3. Air Delivery Mode Controls

4. Defrost

5. TEMP (Temperature Control)

6. Heated Front Seats (IfEquipped)

7. Rear Window Defogger

8. Recirculation


In Brief 19

Climate Control System (With Heater Only)

1. Fan Control

2. Defrost





20 In Brief

Automatic Climate Control System

1. Fan Control

2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)


4. Defrost

5. Temperature Control




9. Recirculation

10. Power

See Climate Control Systems 0 152and Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 154 (if equipped).

Transmission

Automatic Transmission

Manual Mode

Driver Shift Control (DSC) allows theautomatic transmission to be shiftedsimilar to a manual transmission.

Electronic Range Select (ERS)allows for the selection of a range ofgears.

See Manual Mode 0 194.


In Brief 21

Vehicle Features

Infotainment SystemSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, and voice or speechrecognition. It also includesinformation on settings.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See “Steering WheelControls” in the infotainmentmanual.

Cruise Control

1 : Press to turn the cruise controlsystem on and off. A white indicatorcomes on in the instrument clusterwhen cruise is turned on.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

+RES : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume thatspeed or press and hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed.

−SET : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already active,use to decrease vehicle speed.

See Cruise Control 0 198.


22 In Brief

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems.

Uplevel DIC Controls

w orx : Press to move up ordown in a list, or on the main viewpress to cycle through the differentInfo app pages.

o or p : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster.

V : Press to open a menu or selecta menu item. Press and hold toreset values on certain screens,or on the main view reset info pagesto the original setting.

See Instrument Cluster 0 115 andDriver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) 0 132 or DriverInformation Center (DIC) (Uplevel)0 135.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, FCA may help avoid orreduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. FCA provides agreen indicator,V, when a vehicleis detected ahead. This indicatordisplays amber if you follow avehicle much too closely. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 204.

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB)If the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has FAB, whichincludes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake thevehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear.

See Forward Automatic Braking(FAB) 0 206.

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) SystemIf equipped, the FPB system mayhelp avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes withnearby pedestrians when driving ina forward gear. FPB displays anamber indicator, ~, when a nearbypedestrian is detected directlyahead. When approaching a


In Brief 23

detected pedestrian too quickly,FPB provides a red flashing alert onthe windshield and rapidly beeps.FPB can provide a boost to brakingor automatically brake the vehicle.

See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System 0 208.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a turn signalin that direction. It may also providea Lane Departure Warning (LDW)alert as the lane marking is crossed.The system will not assist or alert ifit detects that you are activelysteering. Override LKA by turningthe steering wheel. LKA uses acamera to detect lane markingsbetween 60 km/h (37 mph) and180 km/h (112 mph).

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 212 and Lane Keep Assist (LKA)0 212.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning displaywill light up in the correspondingoutside mirror and will flash if theturn signal is on. The Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) system isincluded as part of the LCA system.

See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)0 210 and Lane Change Alert (LCA)0 210.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)If equipped, RVC shows a view ofthe area behind the vehicle on theinfotainment display when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) toaid with parking and low-speedbacking maneuvers.

See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing 0 202.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) SystemIf equipped, the RCTA system usesa triangle with an arrow on theinfotainment display to warn oftraffic behind your vehicle that maycross your vehicle's path while inR (Reverse). In addition, beeps willsound.


Park AssistIf equipped, Rear Park Assist (RPA)uses sensors on the rear bumper toassist with parking and avoidingobjects while in R (Reverse).It operates at speeds less than8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may show awarning triangle on the infotainmentdisplay and/or a graphic on theinstrument cluster to provide theobject distance. In addition, multiplebeeps may occur if very close to anobject.


24 In Brief


Power OutletsThe 12-volt accessory power outletcan be used to plug in electricalequipment, such as a cell phone orMP3 player.

There is an accessory power outleton the center console in front of theshift lever. This outlet is poweredwhen the ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, or until the driverdoor is opened within 10 minutes ofturning off the vehicle. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 180.

See Power Outlets 0 113.

SunroofIf equipped, the sunroof onlyoperates with the ignition on or inACC/ACCESSORY, or whenRetained Accessory Power (RAP) isactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 180.

1. Slide Switch2. Tilt Switch

Slide Switch

Express-Open/Express-Close : Toexpress-open the sunroof,presse (1) to the second detentposition and release. Toexpress-close the sunroof,pressg (1) to the second detentposition and release. Press theswitch again to stop.

Open/Close (Manual Mode) : Toopen the sunroof, press and holde (1) until the sunroof reachesthe desired position. Press and holdg (1) to close.

Tilt Switch

Vent : From the closed position,pressf (2) to vent the sunroof.

Pressg (2) to close.

The sunroof also has an automaticreversal system.

See Sunroof 0 55.


In Brief 25

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe Traction Control System (TCS)limits wheel spin. The system turnson automatically every time thevehicle is started.

The StabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system assists withdirectional control of the vehicle indifficult driving conditions. Thesystem also turns on automaticallyevery time the vehicle is started.

. To turn off the TCS, press andrelease g on the center console.

The traction off light iilluminates.

. To turn off both traction controland StabiliTrak/ESC, press andhold g, until the traction off lighti and the StabiliTrak/ESC OFFlight g illuminate.

. Press and release g again toturn on both systems.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 196.

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle'stires. If the warning light comes on,stop as soon as possible and inflatethe tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 166. Thewarning light will remain on until thetire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that thetire pressures are getting low andthe tires need to be inflated to theproper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 280.

Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)

This feature provides visual andaudible alerts outside the vehicle tohelp when inflating an underinflatedtire to the recommended cold tirepressure. See “Tire Fill Alert (IfEquipped)” under Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 281.


26 In Brief

Fuel (Gasoline)

Regular Unleaded Fuel

Use only Regular 87 octane —(R+M)/2 — or higher unleadedgasoline in your vehicle. TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline isrecommended. Do not use gasolinewith an octane rating lower as it willresult in reduced performance andlower fuel economy. SeeRecommended Fuel (Gasoline)0 215.

Fuel (Diesel)Use of diesel fuel with ultra lowsulfur content (15 ppm, maximum) isrequired. See Fuel for DieselEngines 0 216.

E85 or FlexFuel

No E85 or FlexFuel

Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greaterthan E15 (15% ethanol by volume),such as E85, cannot be used in thisvehicle.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message when it is timeto change the engine oil and filter.The oil life system should be resetto 100% only following an oilchange.

Resetting the Oil Life System(Base Level Cluster)

1. Display the REMAINING OILLIFE on the DIC. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 132 or DriverInformation Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 135.

2. Press and hold SET/CLR onthe turn signal lever while theOil Life display is active. Theoil life will change to 100%.

Resetting the Oil Life System(Uplevel Cluster)


2. Press and hold V on the DICwhile the Oil Life display isactive. The oil life will changeto 100%.


In Brief 27

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:

1. Turn the ignition on with theengine off. See IgnitionPositions (Keyless Access)0 171 or Ignition Positions (KeyAccess) 0 172.

2. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 240.

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some driving tipsto get the best fuel economypossible:

. Set the climate controls to thedesired temperature after theengine is started, or turn themoff when not required.

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoidabrupt stops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speedlimits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires withthe same TPC Spec numbermolded into the tire's sidewallnear the size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

Roadside AssistanceProgramU.S.: 1-800-243-8872

TTY Users (U.S. Only):1-888-889-2438

Canada: 1-800-268-6800

New Chevrolet owners areautomatically enrolled in theRoadside Assistance Program.

See Roadside Assistance Program0 346.


28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (KeylessAccess) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (KeyAccess) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 40Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 44Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

DoorsTrunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 49Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Immobilizer Operation (KeyAccess) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Immobilizer Operation (KeylessAccess) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 53Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 53

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle withan ignition key or RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter isdangerous and children or otherscould be seriously injured orkilled. They could operate thepower window or other controls ormake the vehicle move. Thewindows will function with the keyin the ignition or with the RKEtransmitter in the vehicle, andchildren or others could be caughtin the path of a closing window.Do not leave children in a vehiclewith the ignition key or an RKEtransmitter.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

{ Warning

If the key is unintentionallyrotated while the vehicle isrunning, the ignition could bemoved out of the RUN position.This could be caused by heavyitems hanging from the key ring,or by large or long items attachedto the key ring that could becontacted by the driver orsteering wheel. If the ignitionmoves out of the RUN position,the engine will shut off, brakingand steering power assist may be

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

impacted, and airbags may notdeploy. To reduce the risk ofunintentional rotation of theignition key, do not change theway the ignition key and RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,if equipped, are connected to theprovided key rings.

The ignition key and key rings, andRKE transmitter, if equipped, aredesigned to work together as asystem to reduce the risk of

unintentionally moving the key outof the RUN position. The ignitionkey has a small hole to allowattachment of the provided key ring.It is important that any replacementignition keys have a small hole. Seeyour dealer if a replacement key isrequired. The combination and sizeof the rings that came with yourkeys were specifically selected foryour vehicle. The rings areconnected to the key like two linksof a chain to reduce the risk ofunintentionally moving the key outof the RUN position. Do not add anyadditional items to the ring attachedto the ignition key. Attach additionalitems only to the second ring, andlimit added items to a few essentialkeys or small, light items no largerthan an RKE transmitter.



Interference from radio-frequencyidentification (RFID) tags mayprevent the key from starting thevehicle. Keep RFID tags away fromthe key when starting the vehicle.

The key that is part of the RKEtransmitter can be used for theignition and all locks if the vehicle isa Key Access vehicle. If the vehiclehas the keyless ignition, the key canbe used for the locks.

Flip Key

Press the button on the RKEtransmitter to extend the key. Pressthe button and the key blade toretract the key.

If the vehicle has an ignition, and itbecomes difficult to turn the key,inspect the key blade for debris.Periodically clean with a brushor pick.

Keyless Access

Remove the key by pressing thebutton on the side of the RKEtransmitter near the bottom and pullthe key out. Never pull the key outwithout pressing the button.

See your dealer if a new key isneeded.

If locked out of the vehicle, contactRoadside Assistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 346.

With an active OnStar or connectedservice plan, an OnStar Advisormay remotely unlock the vehicle.See OnStar Overview 0 356.



Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 352.

If there is a decrease in the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) operatingrange:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation(Keyless Access)The Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter iswithin 1 m (3 ft). See “KeylessAccess Operation” later in thissection.

The RKE transmitter functions maywork up to 60 m (197 ft) away fromthe vehicle.

Other conditions can impact theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 31.

Q : Press to lock all doors.

The turn signal indicators may flashand/or the horn may sound on thesecond press to indicate locking.See Vehicle Personalization 0 139.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed, all doors will lock and thenthe driver door will immediatelyunlock, if enabled. See VehiclePersonalization 0 139.

If the passenger door is open whenQ is pressed, all doors lock.



Pressing Q may also arm the alarmsystem. See Vehicle Alarm System0 49.

K : Press to unlock the driver door.Press K again within five secondsto unlock all doors, depending onvehicle personalization. See VehiclePersonalization 0 139.

The turn signal indicators may flashto indicate unlocking. See VehiclePersonalization 0 139.

Pressing K will disarm the alarmsystem. See Vehicle Alarm System0 49.

X : Press twice quickly to open thetrunk or liftgate.

7 : Press and hold briefly to initiatevehicle locator. The exterior lampsflash and the horn chirps threetimes.

Press and hold 7 for at leastthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. The horn sounds and theturn signals flash for 30 seconds,or until 7 is pressed again or thevehicle is started.

/ : If equipped, press and releaseQ and then immediately press andhold/ for at least four seconds tostart the engine from outside thevehicle using the RKE transmitter.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 40.

Keyless Access Operation

The Keyless Access system allowsfor the doors and trunk or liftgate tobe locked and unlocked withoutpressing the RKE transmitter button.The RKE transmitter must be within1 m (3 ft) of the trunk/liftgate or doorbeing opened. There is a button onthe outside door handles.

Keyless Access can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first lock/unlock press from thedriver door. See VehiclePersonalization 0 139.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Driver Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within range ofthe door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on the driver doorhandle will unlock the driver door.

If the lock/unlock button is pressedagain within five seconds, thepassenger door will unlock.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause the front doors to lock if anyof the following occur:

. It has been more thanfive seconds since the first lock/unlock button press.

. Two lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock the frontdoors.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 33. Either vehicle door has been

opened and the front doors arenow closed.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Passenger Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within range ofthe door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on the frontpassenger door handle will unlockthe front doors. Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause the frontdoors to lock if any of the followingoccur:

. The lock/unlock button was usedto unlock the front doors.

. Either vehicle door has beenopened and the front doors arenow closed.

Disable/Enable Keyless Unlockingof Exterior Door Handles andTrunk or Liftgate

If equipped, keyless unlocking of theexterior door handles and trunk orliftgate can be disabled andenabled.

Disabling Keyless Unlocking:

With the vehicle off, press andhold Q and K on the RKEtransmitter at the same time forapproximately three seconds. Theturn signal lamps will flash fourtimes quickly to indicate access isdisabled. Using any exterior handleto unlock the doors or open theliftgate/trunk will cause the turnsignal lamps to flash four timesquickly, indicating access isdisabled. If disabled, disarm thealarm system before starting thevehicle.

Enabling Keyless Unlocking:

With the vehicle off, press andhold Q and K on the RKEtransmitter at the same time forapproximately three seconds. Theturn signal lamps will flash twicequickly to indicate access isenabled.

Passive Locking

With Keyless Access, the vehiclewill lock several seconds after alldoors are closed if the vehicle is off

and at least one RKE transmitterhas been removed or none remainin the vehicle.

If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle.If passive locking is enabled, thedoors may lock with the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle. Donot leave the RKE transmitter in anunattended vehicle.

To customize the doors toautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see Vehicle Personalization0 139.

Temporary Disable of PassiveLocking

Temporarily disable passive lockingby pressing and holding K on theinterior door switch with a door openfor at least four seconds, or untilthree chimes are heard. Passivelocking will then remain disableduntil Q on the interior door ispressed, or until the vehicle isturned on.



Remote Left In Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off andan RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle, the horn will chirp threetimes after all doors are closed. Toturn on or off see VehiclePersonalization 0 139.

Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert

If the vehicle is on with a door openand then all doors are closed, thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is not detected, theDriver Information Center (DIC) willdisplay NO REMOTE DETECTEDand the horn will chirp three times.This occurs only once each time thevehicle is driven. To turn on or offsee Vehicle Personalization 0 139.

Keyless Trunk Opening

Press the touch pad on the rear ofthe trunk above the license plate toopen the trunk when the RKEtransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).

Key Access

To access a vehicle with a weaktransmitter battery, see Door Locks0 42.

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto the vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.The vehicle can be reprogrammedso that lost or stolen transmitters nolonger work. Any remainingtransmitters will need to bereprogrammed. Each vehicle canhave up to eight transmittersmatched to it.

Programming with RecognizedTransmitters

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere are two recognizedtransmitters. To program, the vehiclemust be off and all of the

transmitters, both currentlyrecognized and new, must bewith you.

1. Place the two recognizedtransmitters in the frontcupholder.

2. Remove the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks 0 42. Insertthe vehicle key of the newtransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the outside of thedriver door and turn the key tothe unlock position five timeswithin 10 seconds.



The DIC displays READY FORREMOTE #2, 3, 4, or 5 etc.

3. Remove the recognizedtransmitters and place the newtransmitter into the cupholder.

4. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter isprogrammed, the DIC will showthat it is ready to program thenext transmitter.

5. Remove the transmitter fromthe cupholder and press K orQ on the transmitter.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 3–5.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold ENGINE START/STOP for12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

6. Return the vehicle key backinto the transmitter.

Programming without RecognizedTransmitters

If two currently recognizedtransmitters are not available, followthis procedure to program up toeight transmitters. This feature isnot available in Canada. Thisprocedure will take approximately30 minutes to complete. The vehiclemust be off and all of thetransmitters you wish to programmust be with you.

1. Remove the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks 0 42. Insertthe vehicle key of thetransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the outside of thedriver door and turn the key tothe unlock position five timeswithin 10 seconds.

The DIC displays REMOTELEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

2. Wait for 10 minutes until theDIC displays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON TO LEARNand then press ENGINESTART/STOP.

The DIC will again showREMOTE LEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

3. Repeat Step 2 two additionaltimes. After the third time allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be reprogrammed duringthe next steps.

The DIC display should nowshow READY FOR REMOTE# 1.



4. Place the transmitter in thefront cupholder.

5. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter isprogrammed the DIC will showthat it is ready to program thenext transmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter fromthe cupholder and press K orQ on the transmitter.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold ENGINE START/STOP for12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

7. Return the vehicle key backinto the transmitter.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

If the transmitter battery is weak or ifthere is interference with the signalwhen trying to start the vehicle, theDIC may display NO REMOTEDETECTED or NO REMOTE KEYWAS DETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE. The DICmay also display REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEY.

To start the vehicle:

1. Place the transmitter in thefront cupholder.

2. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brakepedal and ENGINE START/STOP. See Starting the Engine0 174 for additional informationabout the vehicle's keylessignition with pushbutton start.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.



Battery Replacement

Replace the battery if the DICdisplays REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY.

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

The battery is not rechargeable. Toreplace the battery:

1. Press the button on the side ofthe transmitter near the bottomand pull the key out.

2. Separate the two halves of thetransmitter using a flat toolinserted into the area near thekey slot.

3. Remove the battery by pushingon the battery and sliding ittoward the bottom of thetransmitter.

4. Insert the new battery, positiveside facing the back cover.Push the battery down until it isheld in place. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter.



Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation(Key Access)The transmitter functions may workup to 60 m (197 ft) away from thevehicle.

Other conditions, such as thosepreviously stated, can impact theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 31.

With Remote Start Similar

Q : Press to lock all doors.

The turn signal indicators may flashand/or the horn may sound on thesecond press to indicate locking.See Vehicle Personalization 0 139.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed, all doors will lock and thenthe driver door will immediatelyunlock, if enabled. See VehiclePersonalization 0 139.

If the passenger door is open whenQ is pressed, all doors lock.

Pressing Q may also arm the alarmsystem. See Vehicle Alarm System0 49.

K : Press to unlock the driver door.Press K again within five secondsto unlock all doors, depending onvehicle personalization. See VehiclePersonalization 0 139.

The turn signal indicators may flashto indicate unlocking. See VehiclePersonalization 0 139.

Pressing K will disarm the alarmsystem. See Vehicle Alarm System0 49.

X : Press twice quickly to open thetrunk or liftgate.

7 : Press and hold briefly to initiatevehicle locator. The exterior lampsflash and the horn chirps threetimes.

Press and hold 7 for at leastthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. The horn sounds and theturn signals flash for 30 seconds,or until 7 is pressed again or thevehicle is started.

/ : If equipped, press and releaseQ and then immediately press andhold/ for at least four seconds tostart the engine from outside thevehicle using the RKE transmitter.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 40.

The RKE transmitter buttons will notoperate when the key is in theignition.

Programming Keys to theVehicle

Only keys programmed to thevehicle will work. If a key is lost orstolen, a replacement can be



purchased and programmed throughyour dealer. The vehicle can bereprogrammed so that lost or stolenkeys no longer work. Any remainingkeys will need to be reprogrammed.Each vehicle can have up to eightkeys matched to it.

Programming with TwoRecognized Keys

This procedure is for adding atransmitter, not replacing atransmitter. To program:

1. Insert the original, alreadyprogrammed key in the ignitionand turn the ignition on.

2. Turn the ignition off, andremove the key.

3. Quickly, within five seconds,insert the second originalalready programmed key in theignition and turn the ignition on.

4. Turn the ignition off, andremove the key.

5. Insert the new key to beprogrammed and turn theignition on within five seconds.

The security light will turn offonce the key has beenprogrammed.

6. Repeat Steps 1–5 if additionalkeys are to be programmed.

If a key is lost or damaged, see yourdealer to have a new key made.

Programming without TwoRecognized Keys

Program a new key to the vehiclewhen a recognized key is notavailable. Canadian regulationsrequire that owners see their dealer.

If two currently recognized keys arenot available, follow this procedureto program the first key.

This procedure will takeapproximately 30 minutes tocomplete for the first key. Thevehicle must be off and all of thekeys you wish to program must bewith you.

1. Insert the new vehicle key intothe ignition.

2. Turn the ignition on. Thesecurity light will come on.

3. Wait 10 minutes until thesecurity light turns off.

4. Turn the ignition off.

5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two moretimes. After the third time, turnthe ignition on; the key isprogrammed and all previouslyknown keys will no longer workwith the vehicle.

6. To program a second key, turnthe ignition off, insert thesecond key to be programmed,and turn the ignition on.

After two keys are programmed,remaining keys can be programmedby following the procedure in“Programming with TwoRecognized Keys.”

Battery Replacement

Replace the battery if the DriverInformation Center (DIC) displaysREPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY.



Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

The battery is not rechargeable. Toreplace the battery:

1. Separate the two halves of thetransmitter by inserting a flattool into the recess of thetransmitter.

2. Remove the battery with asmall tool by pushing it towardthe top of the transmitter.

3. Insert a new battery, positiveside up, pushing it down until itis held in place. Use a CR2032 or equivalent battery.

4. Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter.

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, this feature allows theengine to be started from outsidethe vehicle. See Engine Exhaust0 182.

/ : This button will be on the RKEtransmitter if the vehicle has remotestart.

If equipped with remote start, theclimate control system will come onwhen the vehicle is started remotely,depending on the outsidetemperature.

The rear window defogger andheated seats, if equipped, may alsocome on. See “Remote StartClimate Control Operation” inClimate Control Systems 0 152 andHeated Front Seats 0 62.

Laws in some local communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some lawsrequire a person using remote startto have the vehicle in view. Checklocal regulations for anyrequirements.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 31.



Starting the Vehicle

To start the engine using the remotestart feature:

1. Aim the RKE transmitter at thevehicle.

2. Press and release Q.3. Immediately after completing

Step 2, press and hold/ for atleast four seconds or until theturn signal lamps flash. Theturn signal lamps flashingconfirms the request to remotestart the vehicle has beenreceived.

When the engine starts, the parkinglamps will turn on and remain on aslong as the engine is running. Thedoors will be locked and the climatecontrol system may come on.

The engine will continue to run for15 minutes. After 30 seconds,repeat the steps if a 15-minuteextension is desired. Remote startcan be extended only once.

Turn the ignition on to drive.

Extending Engine Run Time

The engine run time can beextended by another 15 mintues,if during the first 15 minutesSteps 2 and 3 are repeated whilethe engine is still running. Anextension can be requested30 seconds after starting. When theremote start is extended, thesecond 15-minute period is addedon to the first 15 minutes for a totalof 30 minutes.

The remote start can beextended once.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a single start with an extension,is allowed between ignition cycles.

The vehicle's ignition must beturned on and then back off to useremote start again.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Aim the RKE transmitter at thevehicle and press and hold/until the parking lamps turn off.


. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote vehicle start feature willnot operate if:

. The key is in the ignition (KeyAccess) or an RKE transmitter isin the vehicle (Keyless Access).

. The hood is not closed.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. The malfunction indicator lampis on.

. The engine coolant temperatureis too high.

. The oil pressure is low.

. Two remote vehicle starts, or asingle remote start with anextension, have alreadybeen used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).



Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. The doorscan be unlocked andopened while the vehicle ismoving. The chance ofbeing thrown out of thevehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors arenot locked. So, allpassengers should wearseat belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome byextreme heat and can suffer

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

permanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock the vehiclewhenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen you slow down or stopthe vehicle. Locking thedoors can help prevent thisfrom happening.

To lock or unlock the doors fromoutside the vehicle:

. Press Q or K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation(Keyless Access) 0 31 orRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (Key Access)0 38.

. Use the key in the driver door.The key lock cylinder is coveredby a cap.

To lock or unlock the doors frominside the vehicle:

. Press Q or K on the power doorlock switch.

. If equipped with Keyless Access,pushing down the manual lockknob on the driver door will lockall doors.

. Pull the door handle once tounlock it. Pull the door handleagain to unlatch it.

Keyless Access



If equipped, the RKE transmittermust be within 1 m (3 ft) of thetrunk/liftgate or door being opened.Press the button on the door handleto open. See “Keyless AccessOperation” in Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation (KeylessAccess) 0 31 or Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation (KeyAccess) 0 38.

Driver Door Key Lock CylinderAccess (In Case of DeadBattery)

To access the driver door key lockcylinder:

1. Insert the key into the slot onthe bottom of the cap.

2. Lift the key upward to removethe cap.

3. Insert the key into the cylinderand turn to unlock.

To replace the cap:

1. Position the bottom edge of thecap under the lower edge ofthe metal piece (2). Thetabs (3) attach to the metalpiece (2) at the positions (1).

2. Rotate the cap upward andinstall into place.

3. Check that the cap is secure.

Free-Turning Locks

The door key lock cylinder turnsfreely when either the wrong key isused, or the correct key is not fullyinserted. The free-turning door lockfeature prevents the lock from being



forced open. To reset the lock, turnit to the vertical position with thecorrect key fully inserted. Removethe key and insert it again. If thisdoes not reset the lock, turn the keyhalfway around in the cylinder andrepeat the reset procedure.

Power Door Locks

Q : Press to lock the doors.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the locking ofthe doors until five seconds after alldoors are closed.

If equipped with Keyless Access,delayed locking can only be turnedon when the Open DoorAnti-Lockout has been turned off.

When Q is pressed on the powerdoor lock switch while the door isopen, a chime will sound threetimes indicating delayed locking isactive.

The doors will lock automaticallyfive seconds after all doors areclosed. If a door is reopened beforethat time, the five-second timer willreset when all doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switch

again or press Q on the RKEtransmitter to lock the doorsimmediately.

This feature can also beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 139.

Automatic Door LocksWhen the doors are closed, theignition is on, and the shift lever ismoved out of P (Park), the doorswill lock.

If a vehicle door is unlocked, andthen opened and closed, the doorswill lock either when your foot isremoved from the brake or thevehicle speed becomes faster than13 km/h (8 mph).

To unlock the doors:

. Press K.

. Shift the vehicle into P (Park).

The automatic door lock featurecannot be disabled. Automatic doorunlocking can be programmed.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 139.

Lockout ProtectionKey Access : When locking isrequested with the driver door openand the key in the ignition, all thedoors will lock and the driver doorwill remain unlocked.



This can be manually overridden bypressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

Keyless Access : When locking isrequested with the driver door openand the engine is running or theignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY, allthe doors will lock and the driverdoor will remain unlocked.

If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open,when all doors are closed thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is detected and thenumber of RKE transmitters insidehas not reduced, the driver door willunlock and the horn will sound threetimes.

This can be manually overridden bypressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

Open Door Anti-Lockout

Keyless Access : If Open DoorAnti-Lockout is turned on and thevehicle is off, the driver door isopen, and locking is requested, all

the doors will lock and the driverdoor will remain open. Press thebutton again to lock the driver door.The Open Door Anti-Lockout featurecan be turned on or off. See VehiclePersonalization 0 139.

Safety LocksThe rear door safety locks preventpassengers from opening the reardoors from inside the vehicle.

Manual Safety Locks

The safety lock is on the insideedge of the rear doors. To use thesafety lock:

1. Move the lever forward to thelock position.

2. Close the door.

3. Do the same for the otherrear door.

To open a rear door when the safetylock is on:

1. Unlock the door by activatingthe inside handle, pressing thepower door lock switch,or using the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter.

2. Open the door from theoutside.

When the safety lock is enabled,adults and older children will not beable to open the rear door from theinside. Cancel the safety locks toenable the doors to open from theinside.

To cancel the safety lock:

1. Unlock the door and open itfrom the outside.

2. Move the lever rearward tounlock. Do the same for theother door.



Doors

Trunk

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate, trunk/hatch open, or withany objects that pass through theseal between the body and thetrunk/hatch or liftgate. Engineexhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. It can causeunconsciousness and even death.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate, or trunk/hatch open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside air

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

and set the fan speed to thehighest setting. See“Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

. If the vehicle has a powerliftgate, disable the powerliftgate function.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 182.

To open the trunk, the vehicle mustbe off or stopped with the shift leverin P (Park).

Press the trunk release button.



To open the trunk from outside thevehicle, pressX twice on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter, or press the touch padabove the license plate afterunlocking all doors.

If equipped with Keyless Access,the trunk may be opened while thevehicle is locked by pressing thetouch pad when the RKE transmitteris within 1 m (3 ft) of the rear of thevehicle.

Emergency Trunk ReleaseHandle

Caution

Do not use the emergency trunkrelease handle as a tie-down oranchor point when securing itemsin the trunk as it could damagethe handle.

There is a glow-in-the-darkemergency trunk release handle onthe trunk lid. The handle will glowfollowing exposure to light. Pull therelease handle to open the trunkfrom the inside.

After pulling the emergency trunkrelease handle, push the handleback into the bezel.

Liftgate

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate, hatch/trunk open, or withany objects that pass through theseal between the body and thehatch/trunk or liftgate. Engineexhaust contains carbon

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

monoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. It can causeunconsciousness and even death.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or hatch/trunk open:

. Close all of the windows.


. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside airand set the fan speed to thehighest setting. See“Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equippedwith a power liftgate, disablethe power liftgate function.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 182.

To lock or unlock the liftgate fromthe inside, if equipped, press Q orK on the driver door.

To open the liftgate from theoutside, press K on the RKEtransmitter to unlock all doors, thenuse the center touch pad.

If equipped with power liftgate,pressX twice quickly on the RKEtransmitter to open the liftgate.

See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (Keyless Access)0 31 or Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation (KeyAccess) 0 38.

When closing the liftgate, closeusing the grip cup to ensure that itfully latches.



Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

The indicator light, on theinstrument panel near thewindshield, indicates the status ofthe system:

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.

On Solid : Vehicle is securedduring the delay to arm the system.

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the hood, or the trunkis open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system isarmed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Close the trunk and the hood.Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. Use the Keyless Accesssystem, if equipped.

. With a door open, press theinterior Q.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating thealarm system is operating.Pressing Q on the RKEtransmitter a second time will

bypass the 30-second delayand immediately arm the alarmsystem.

The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked withthe key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

If a door, the hood, or the trunk isopened without first disarming thesystem, the turn signals will flashand the horn will sound for about30 seconds. The alarm system willthen re-arm to monitor for the nextunauthorized event.



Disarming the Alarm System

Do one of the following to disarmthe alarm system or turn off thealarm if it has been activated:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Unlock the vehicle using theKeyless Access system,if equipped.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have left the vehicleand all doors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter or use theKeyless Access system,if equipped.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed on the RKEtransmitter and the horn chirps andthe lamps flash three times, analarm occurred previously while thealarm system was armed.

If the alarm has been activated, amessage will appear on the DIC.

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement0 352.

Immobilizer Operation(Key Access)This vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the key isremoved from the ignition.

The system is automaticallydisarmed when the vehicle isstarted with the correct key. The key

uses a transponder that matches animmobilizer control unit in thevehicle and automatically disarmsthe system. Only an authorized keystarts the vehicle. The vehicle maynot start if the key is damaged.

The security light in the instrumentcluster comes on if there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light comes on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn theignition off and try again.

If the engine still does not start, andthe key appears to be undamagedor the light continues to stay on, tryanother ignition key. If the engine



does not start with the other key, thevehicle needs service. If the vehicledoes start, the first key may bedamaged. See your dealer who canservice the theft-deterrent systemand have a new key made.

Do not leave the transmitter ordevice that disarms or deactivatesthe theft-deterrent system in thevehicle.

Immobilizer Operation(Keyless Access)This vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the transmitterleaves the vehicle.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when the ignition button ispressed and a valid transmitter isfound in the vehicle.

The security light in the instrumentcluster comes on when there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

The system has one or moretransmitters matched to animmobilizer control unit in yourvehicle. Only a correctly matchedtransmitter will start the vehicle.If the transmitter is ever damaged,you may not be able to start yourvehicle.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light comes on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn thevehicle off and try again.

If the RKE transmitter appears to beundamaged, try another transmitter.Or, you may try placing thetransmitter in the front cupholder.See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation (Keyless Access) 0 31 orRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (Key Access)0 38.

If the engine does not start with theother transmitter or when thetransmitter is in the front cupholder,your vehicle needs service. Seeyour dealer who can service thetheft-deterrent system and have anew transmitter programmed to thevehicle.

Do not leave the transmitter ordevice that disarms or deactivatesthe theft-deterrent system in thevehicle.



Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.

Power Mirrors

To adjust the mirror:

1. Turn the control knob to L (Left)or R (Right) to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Move the control knob up,down, right, or left to adjust themirror.

3. Turn the control knob to the Oposition to deselect the mirror.

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)

The vehicle may have SBZA. SeeSide Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 210.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)

The vehicle may have LCA. SeeLane Change Alert (LCA) 0 210.

Folding MirrorsThe mirrors can be folded inward toprevent damage when goingthrough an automatic car wash.

To fold, pull the mirrors toward thevehicle. Push the mirrors outward toreturn to their original position.

Heated MirrorsThe rear window defogger alsoheats the outside mirrors,if equipped.

= : Press to heat the outsidemirrors. See “Rear WindowDefogger” under Automatic ClimateControl System 0 154.



Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind the vehicle.

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Manual Rearview MirrorIf equipped with a manual rearviewmirror, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it for nighttimeuse to avoid glare from theheadlamps from behind.

Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in apulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce thesound, open either a front windowor the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Neverleave the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter or keys in avehicle with children. When thereare children in the rear seat, usethe window lockout button toprevent operation of the windows.See Keys 0 28.



Power windows work when theignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,or in Retained Accessory Power(RAP). See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 180.

Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if they are used repeatedlywithin a short time.

Window Lockout

This feature stops the rear doorpassenger window switches fromworking.

PressZ to engage the rearwindow lockout feature. Theindicator light is on when engaged.

PressZ again to disengage.

Window Express Movement

All windows can be opened withoutholding the window switch. Pressthe switch down fully and quicklyrelease to express open thewindow.

Briefly press the window switch inthe same direction to stop thatwindow’s express movement.

Window Automatic ReversalSystem

The express-close feature willreverse window movement if itcomes in contact with an object.Extreme cold or ice could cause thewindow to auto-reverse. Thewindow will operate normally afterthe object or condition is removed.

Automatic Reversal SystemOverride

{ Warning

If automatic reversal systemoverride is active, the window willnot reverse automatically. You orothers could be injured and thewindow could be damaged.Before using automatic reversalsystem override, make sure thatall people and obstructions areclear of the window path.



When the engine is on, override theautomatic reversal system by pullingand holding the window switch ifconditions prevent it from closing.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor from thecenter mount to pivot to the sidewindow and, if equipped, extendalong the rod.

Roof

SunroofIf equipped, the sunroof onlyoperates with the ignition on or inACC/ACCESSORY, or whenRetained Accessory Power (RAP) isactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 180.

1. Slide Switch2. Tilt Switch

Slide Switch

Express-Open/Express-Close : Toexpress-open the sunroof,presse (1) to the second detentposition and release. Toexpress-close the sunroof,pressg (1) to the second detentposition and release. Press theswitch again to stop.

Open/Close (Manual Mode) : Toopen the sunroof, press and holde (1) until the sunroof reachesthe desired position. Press and holdg (1) to close.

Tilt Switch

Vent : From the closed position,pressf (2) to vent the sunroof.

Pressg (2) to close.

When the sunroof is opened, an airdeflector will automatically raise.The air deflector will retract whenthe sunroof is closed.

The sunroof also has a sunshadewhich can be pulled forward to blocksun rays. The sunshade must beopened and closed manually.



Automatic Reversal System

The sunroof has an automaticreversal system that is only activewhen the sunroof is operated inexpress-close mode.

If an object is in the path whileexpress closing, the reversal systemwill detect an object, stop, and openthe sunroof again.

If frost or other conditions preventclosing, override the feature byclosing the sunroof in manualmode. To stop movement, releasethe switch.

Dirt and debris may collect on thesunroof seal or in the track. Thiscould cause an issue with sunroofoperation or noise. It could also plugthe water drainage system.

Periodically open the sunroof andremove any obstacles or loosedebris. Wipe the sunroof seal androof sealing area using a cleancloth, mild soap, and water. Do notremove grease from the sunroof.

If water is seen dripping into thewater drainage system, this isnormal.


Seats and Restraints 57

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Front SeatsSeat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 60Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 60Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Seat BeltsSeat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 72Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 75When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Passenger Sensing System . . . 79Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 84

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 85Replacing Airbag System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Infants and Young Children . . . . 87Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 90Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 91Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) . . . . 92

Replacing LATCH System PartsAfter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

ISOFIX Child RestraintSystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theRear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theFront Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102


58 Seats and Restraints

Head RestraintsThe vehicle's front and rear seatshave adjustable head restraints inthe outboard seating positions.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. To raise or lower thehead restraint, press the buttonlocated on the side of the headrestraint, and pull up or push thehead restraint down, and releasethe button. Pull and push on thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.



Rear Seats

The vehicle’s rear seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted.

Pull the head restraint up to raise it.Try to move the head restraint tomake sure it is locked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button located on the top of theseatback and push the headrestraint down. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure it is locked inplace.

The rear outboard head restraintsare designed to be removed. See“Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation” under Lower Anchorsand Tethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 92.

If you are installing a child restraintin the rear seat, see “Securing aChild Restraint Designed for theLATCH System” under LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 92.

Front Seats

Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front ofthe seat.



2. Slide the seat to the desiredposition and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Seat Height Adjuster

If equipped, move the lever up ordown to manually raise or lowerthe seat.

Power Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

The power seats will work withthe ignition off. Children couldoperate the power seats and beinjured. Never leave childrenalone in the vehicle.

To adjust the power driver seat,if equipped:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seatbacks 0 60.

Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.



To recline a manual seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

If necessary, move the seatbelt out of the way to accessthe lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, then releasethe lever to lock the seatbackin place.


To return the seatback to an uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatbackreturns to the upright position.


To recline a power seatback,if equipped:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.

{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the seat belts cannot dotheir job.

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear theseat belt properly.



Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

Heated Front Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, use carewhen using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates against

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

heat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

If equipped, the controls are on thecenter stack. The engine must berunning to operate the heated seats.

Press M or L to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion.

Press the control once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe control, the heated seat willchange to the next lower setting,and then the off setting. Three lightsindicate the highest setting and onelight the lowest.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

Remote Start Heated Seats

If equipped, the heated seats willturn on automatically during aremote start if it is cold outside.If equipped, the heated steeringwheel will turn on automaticallyduring a remote start if it is coldoutside. The heated seat indicatorand heated steering wheel indicatormay not come on during thisoperation.



The heated seats and heatedsteering wheel may cancel when thevehicle is started. These featurescan be manually selected after theignition is turned on.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The heated seats will not turn onduring a remote start unless theheated seat feature is enabled inthe vehicle personalization menu.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 40 andVehicle Personalization 0 139.

Rear SeatsRear Seat Reminder

If equipped, the message REARSEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REARSEAT displays under certainconditions indicating there may bean item or passenger in the rearseat. Check before exiting thevehicle.

This feature will activate when asecond row door is opened whilethe vehicle is on or up to 10 minutesbefore the vehicle is turned on.There will be an alert when thevehicle is turned off. The alert doesnot directly detect objects in the rearseat; instead, under certainconditions, it detects when a reardoor is opened and closed,indicating that there may besomething in the rear seat.

The feature is active only once eachtime the vehicle is turned on and off,and will require reactivation byopening and closing the second rowdoors. There may be an alert evenwhen there is nothing in the rearseat; for example, if a child entered

the vehicle through the rear doorand left the vehicle without thevehicle being shut off.

The feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 139.

Folding the Seatback

The rear seatbacks can be folded.

To fold the rear seatbacks:

1. Place the front seatbacks in theupright position. See RecliningSeatbacks 0 60.

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the seatbelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the seatbelts. Always unbuckle the seatbelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.

2. Unbuckle the rear seat belt andmake sure the seat belt is inthe guide on top of theseatback.



3. Reach under the seat belt andpull the lever on top of theseatback to unlock theseatback. A tab near theseatback lever moves forwardwhen the seatback is unlocked.

4. Fold the seatback forward.

5. Stow the seat belt in the beltstowage clip.

6. Repeat the steps for the otherseatback, if desired.

To raise the seatback:

{ Warning

A seat belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the seat belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.

1. Make sure the seat belt is inthe belt stowage clip.



2. Lift the seatback up and push itrearward firmly until it locks intoplace.

Use two hands to press firmlyagainst the seatback. Applyenough pressure to both sidesof the seatback to lock it whenreturning it to its uprightposition.

Repeat the steps for the otherseatback, if desired.

A tab near the seatback leverretracts when the seatback islocked in place.

{ Warning

If the seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always pull forward on the top ofthe seatback at the area of thelatch to be sure it is locked.

3. When the seatback is raisedand locked into place, the redportion on the release buttonson both outboard sides will notbe visible. Push and pull on theseatback to make sure it islocked into position andvisually check that both rearseatback tabs are retractedand no red is visible beforedriving.

Keep the seat in the upright lockedposition when not in use.



Seat BeltsThis section describes how to useseat belts properly, and some thingsnot to do.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where aseat belt cannot be worn properly.In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingseat belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingseat belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and seat belts.

Always wear a seat belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the seat belts.See Seat Belt Reminders 0 121.

Seat Belt Assurance System

This vehicle may have the Seat BeltAssurance System, which preventsthe vehicle from shifting out ofP (Park). A message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC)indicating the shift lever is locked ifthe driver is unbuckled. The vehiclewill not shift out of P (Park). Bucklethe seat belt to unlock the shiftlever.

On some models, the Seat BeltAssurance System may alsoprevent shifting out of P (Park) if thefront outboard passenger, if present,

is unbuckled. This system may notallow the vehicle to shift out ofP (Park) if an object — such as abriefcase, handbag, grocery bag,laptop, or other electronic device —is on the front outboard passengerseat. If this happens, remove theobject from the seat or buckle theseat belt to unlock the shift lever.

A message displays in the DICindicating the shift lever is unlockedallowing the vehicle to be shifted outof P (Park) after several secondsfollowing initial brake apply. See“Seat Belts” and “Child Restraints”in the Index for information aboutthe importance of properrestraint use.

If the driver or front outboardpassenger unbuckles their seat beltwhile driving, the seat belt reminderchime and light(s) will come on. SeeSeat Belt Reminders 0 121.

This system may not functionproperly if the airbag readiness lightis on. See Airbag Readiness Light0 122.



Why Seat Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the seat belts!

When you wear a seat belt, you andthe vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from the seatbelts. That is why wearing seat beltsmakes such good sense.

Questions and Answers AboutSeat Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing aseat belt?

A: You could be— whether you arewearing a seat belt or not. Yourchance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear seatbelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only. They work withseat belts— not instead of them.Whether or not an airbag isprovided, all occupants still haveto buckle up to get the mostprotection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing seat belts.

How to Wear Seat BeltsProperlyFollow these rules for everyone'sprotection.

There are additional things to knowabout seat belts and children,including smaller children andinfants. If a child will be riding in thevehicle, see Older Children 0 86 orInfants and Young Children 0 87.Review and follow the rules forchildren in addition to the followingrules.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing seat belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a seat belt properly.



. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in front ofyou (if possible).

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strongpelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour seat belt properly.

Never allow the lap or shoulder beltto become loose or twisted.



Never wear the shoulder belt underboth arms or behind your back.

Always use the correct buckle foryour seating position.

Never route the lap or shoulder beltover an armrest.

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see“Seats” in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may beengaged. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.



Engaging the child restraintlocking feature in the frontoutboard seating position mayaffect the passenger sensingsystem. See PassengerSensing System 0 79.

If the webbing locks in the latchplate before it reaches thebuckle, tilt the latch plate flat tounlock.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If thebelt is not long enough, seeSeat Belt Extender 0 72.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.



To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the seat belt slowly.If the seat belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull theseat belt straight out firmly to unlockthe webbing, and then release it.If the webbing is still locked in theretractor, see your dealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure theseat belt is out of the way. If a dooris slammed against a seat belt,damage can occur to both the seatbelt and the vehicle.

Seat Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has seat beltpretensioners for front outboardoccupants. Although the seat beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the seat belt assembly.They can help tighten the seat beltsduring the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioner

activation are met. Seat beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe seat belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,the pretensioners and probablyother parts of the vehicle's seat beltsystem will need be to replaced.See Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash 0 73.

Do not sit on the outboard seat beltwhile entering or exiting the vehicleor at any time while sitting in theseat. Sitting on the seat belt candamage the webbing and hardware.

Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides

Rear seat belt comfort guides mayprovide added seat belt comfort forolder children who have outgrownbooster seats and for some adults.When installed on a shoulder belt,the comfort guide positions theshoulder belt away from the neckand head.

Comfort guides are availablethrough your dealer for the rearoutboard seating positions.Instructions are included with theguide.

Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancySeat belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear seat belts.



A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a seatbelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making seatbelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Seat Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's seat belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a seat belt is not long enough,your dealer will order you anextender. When you go in to order it,take the heaviest coat you will wear,so the extender will be long enoughfor you. To help avoid personalinjury, do not let someone else useit, and use it only for the seat it ismade to fit. The extender has beendesigned for adults. Never use it forsecuring child restraints. For more

information on the proper use and fitof seat belt extenders see theinstruction sheet that comes withthe extender.

Safety System CheckPeriodically check the seat beltreminder, seat belts, buckles, latchplates, retractors, shoulder beltheight adjusters (if equipped), andseat belt anchorages to make surethey are all in working order. Lookfor any other loose or damaged seatbelt system parts that might keep aseat belt system from performingproperly. See your dealer to have itrepaired. Torn, frayed, or twistedseat belts may not protect you in acrash. Torn or frayed seat belts canrip apart under impact forces. If abelt is torn or frayed, have itreplaced immediately. If a belt istwisted, it may be possible tountwist by reversing the latch plateon the webbing. If the twist cannotbe corrected, ask your dealer tofix it.

Make sure the seat belt reminderlight is working. See Seat BeltReminders 0 121.

Keep seat belts clean and dry. SeeSeat Belt Care 0 72.

Seat Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

Seat belts should be properly caredfor and maintained.

Seat belt hardware should be keptdry and free of dust or debris. Asnecessary, exterior hard surfacesand seat belt webbing may be lightlycleaned with mild soap and water.Ensure there is not excessive dustor debris in the mechanism. If dustor debris exists in the system pleasesee the dealer. Parts may need tobe replaced to ensure properfunctionality of the system.



{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Replacing Seat BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the seat beltsystem in the vehicle. A damagedseat belt system may not properlyprotect the person using it,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the seat belt systems areworking properly after a crash,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

have them inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofseat belts may not be necessary.But the seat belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the seatbelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the seat beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the seat belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 122.

Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger

. A knee airbag for the driver

. A knee airbag for the frontoutboard passenger

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger

. Seat-mounted side impactairbags for the second rowoutboard passengers

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seateddirectly behind the driver

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thepassenger seated directlybehind the front outboardpassenger



All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For knee airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the lower part of theinstrument panel.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback closest tothe door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by seatbelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your seat belt, even withairbags. Airbags are designed towork with seat belts, not replacethem. Also, airbags are notdesigned to inflate in every crash.In some crashes seat belts arethe only restraint. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 76.

Wearing your seat belt during acrash helps reduce your chanceof hitting things inside the vehicleor being ejected from it. Airbagsare “supplemental restraints” tothe seat belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a seat beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to, anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Seat belts help keep youin position before and during acrash. Always wear a seat belt,even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The seat belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 86 orInfants and Young Children 0 87.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster, whichshows the airbag symbol. Thesystem checks the airbag electricalsystem for malfunctions. The lighttells you if there is an electricalproblem. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 122.

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.

The driver knee airbag is below thesteering column. The front outboardpassenger knee airbag is below theglove box.




The driver and front outboardpassenger seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are in the side of theseatbacks closest to the door.

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, andsecond row outboard passengersare in the ceiling above the sidewindows.

Rear Seat Driver Side Shown,Passenger Side Similar

On vehicles with second rowseat-mounted side impact airbags,they are in the sides of the rearseatback closest to the door.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injuryor even death. The path of an

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

inflating airbag must be keptclear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie‐downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System 0 73.Airbags are designed to inflate if theimpact exceeds the specific airbag



system's deployment threshold.Deployment thresholds are used topredict how severe a crash is likelyto be in time for the airbags toinflate and help restrain theoccupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine theseverity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, and

whether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, inrear impacts, or in many sideimpacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to either crash severity oroccupant interaction.

Knee airbags are designed to inflatein moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal impacts. Knee airbagsare not designed to inflate duringvehicle rollovers, in rear impacts,or in many side impacts.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.

A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the locationof the impact. In addition, theseroof-rail airbags are designed toinflate during a rollover or in asevere frontal impact. Roof-railairbags are not designed to inflate inrear impacts. Both roof-rail airbagswill inflate when either side of thevehicle is struck, if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over on its side, or in asevere frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills the



airbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 75.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by seat belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbags,if equipped, are designed to helpcontain the head and chest ofoccupants in the outboard seatingpositions in the first and secondrows. The rollover capable roof-railairbags are designed to help reduce

the risk of full or partial ejection inrollover events, although no systemcan prevent all such ejections.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 76.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto seat belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After the frontal airbags, kneeairbags (if equipped), andseat-mounted side impact airbagsinflate, they quickly deflate, soquickly that some people may noteven realize an airbag inflated.Roof-rail airbags (if equipped) maystill be at least partially inflated forsome time after they inflate. Somecomponents of the airbag modulemay be hot for several minutes. Forlocation of the airbags, see WhereAre the Airbags? 0 75.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.



The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off thefuel system after the airbags inflate.The feature may also activate,without airbag inflation, after anevent that exceeds a predeterminedthreshold. After turning the ignitionoff and then on again, the fuelsystem will return to normaloperation; the doors can be locked,the interior lamps can be turned off,and the hazard warning flashers canbe turned off using the controls forthose features. If any of thesesystems are damaged in the crashthey may not operate as normal.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

moderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy 0 354and Event Data Recorders0 354.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started.



United States

Canada

The words ON and OFF, or thesymbols for on and off, will bevisible during the system check.When the system check iscomplete, either the word ON orOFF, or the symbol for on or off, willbe visible. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 123.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seatand seat belt. The sensors aredesigned to detect the presence ofa properly seated occupant anddetermine if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag should be allowed to inflateor not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontalairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thepassenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint in

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

the front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure child restraints in the rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the childwhen a rear seat is not available.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines an infantis present in a child restraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag, the OFF indicatorwill light and stay lit as a reminderthat the airbags are off. SeePassenger Airbag Status Indicator0 123.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal andknee airbag anytime the systemsenses that a person of adult size issitting properly in the front outboardpassenger seat. When thepassenger sensing system hasallowed the airbag(s) to be enabled,the ON indicator will light and stay litas a reminder that the airbag(s) areactive.

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag,depending upon the person'sseating posture and body build.Everyone in the vehicle who has

outgrown child restraints shouldwear a seat belt properly — whetheror not there is an airbag for thatperson.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 122 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag if the systemdetermines that an infant is presentin a child restraint. If a child restrainthas been installed and the ONindicator is lit:



1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)0 100 or Securing ChildRestraints (With the Seat Beltin the Front Seat) 0 102. Makesure the seat belt retractor islocked by pulling the shoulderbelt all the way out of theretractor when installing thechild restraint, even if the childrestraint is equipped with aseat belt lock off. When theretractor lock is set, the beltcan be tightened but not pulledout of the retractor.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the ON indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped underthe vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraints0 58.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing system mayor may not turn off the airbags for achild in a child restraint dependingupon the child’s size. It is better tosecure the child restraint in a rearseat. Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even if theON indicator is not lit.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the OFF indicator is lit, it couldbe because that person is not sittingproperly in the seat or that the childrestraint locking feature is engaged.Use the following steps to allow thesystem to detect that person andenable the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag:




2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seatmassagers. Also removelaptops or other electronicdevices.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. If the shoulder portion of thebelt is pulled out all the way,the child restraint lockingfeature will be engaged. Thismay unintentionally cause thepassenger sensing system toturn the airbag off for someadult-sized occupants. If thishappens, unbuckle the belt, letthe belt go back all the way,and then buckle the belt againwithout pulling the belt out allthe way.

6. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two tothree minutes after the ONindicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag OFF indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Seat belts help keep the passengerin position on the seat duringvehicle maneuvers and braking,which helps the passenger sensingsystem maintain the passengerairbag status. See “Seat Belts” and

“Child Restraints” in the Index foradditional information about theimportance of proper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 84for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

The ON indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device, is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.



{ Warning

Stowing articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seePublication Ordering Information0 351.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and thebattery is disconnected, an airbagcan still inflate during improperservice. You can be injured if youare close to an airbag when itinflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of theairbag system. Be sure to followproper service procedures, andmake sure the person performingwork for you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly.

The operation of the airbag systemcan also be affected by changing,including improperly repairing orreplacing, any parts of the following:

. Airbag system, including airbagmodules, front or side impactsensors, sensing and diagnosticmodule, or airbag wiring

. Front seats, including stitching,seams or zippers

. Seat belts

. Steering wheel, instrumentpanel, overhead console, ceilingtrim, or pillar garnish trim

. Inner door seals, includingspeakers

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag modules and sensors,sensing and diagnostic module, andairbag wiring along with the properreplacement procedures.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim; or with



GM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger Sensing System0 79.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tiresand Wheels 0 289 for additionalimportant information.

If the vehicle must be modifiedbecause you have a disability andhave questions about whether themodifications will affect the vehicle'sairbag system, or if you havequestions about whether the airbagsystem will be affected if the vehicleis modified for any other reason, callCustomer Assistance. SeeCustomer Assistance Offices 0 344.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 122.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do notopen or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 75. See your dealerfor service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot properly protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 122.



Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle’s seat belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear seat beltcomfort guide, if available. See“Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 69.If a comfort guide is notavailable, or if the shoulder beltstill does not rest on theshoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper seat belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear seat belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Seat Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt0 69.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use seat beltsproperly.



{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same seat belt. Theseat belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A seat belt mustbe used by only one person ata time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear theseat belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.



{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the seatbelts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided by

appropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle's seat belt system nor itsairbag system is designed for them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant or child should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.



Child restraints are devices used torestrain, seat, or position children inthe vehicle and are sometimescalled child seats or car seats.

There are three basic types ofchild restraints:

. Forward-facing child restraints

. Rear-facing child restraints

. Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for yourchild depends on their size, weight,and age, and also on whether thechild restraint is compatible with thevehicle in which it will be used.

For each type of child restraint,there are many different modelsavailable. When purchasing a childrestraint, be sure it is designed to beused in a motor vehicle. If it is, therestraint will have a label saying thatit meets federal motor vehicle safetystandards. The restraintmanufacturer's instructions thatcome with the restraint state theweight and height limitations for aparticular child restraint. In addition,there are many kinds of restraintsavailable for children with specialneeds.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularseat belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatalinjuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.



Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Restraint

A rear-facing child restraint providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Forward-Facing Child Restraint

A forward-facing child restraintprovides restraint for the child'sbody with the harness.

Booster Seats

A belt-positioning booster seat isused for children who haveoutgrown their forward-facing childrestraint. Boosters are designed toimprove the fit of the vehicle's seatbelt system until the child is largeenough for the vehicle seat belts tofit properly without a booster seat.See the seat belt fit test in OlderChildren 0 86.



Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle’s seat belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraints mustbe secured in vehicle seats by lapbelts or the lap belt portion of alap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCHsystem. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 92 for more information.Children can be endangered in acrash if the child restraint is notproperly secured in the vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle— even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPST

availability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in an appropriatechild restraint secured in a rearseating position.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.



Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front. This is becausethe risk to the rear-facing child is sogreat if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thefront passenger airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 79 for additional information.

When securing a child restraint withthe seat belts in a rear seat position,study the instructions that came withthe child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent seat belts orLATCH anchors for additional

passengers or child restraints.Adjacent seating positions shouldnot be used if the child restraintprevents access to or interferes withthe routing of the seat belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to follow theinstructions that came with the childrestraint and secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in the



vehicle. The LATCH system isdesigned to make installation of achild restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCHattachments. LATCH-compatiblerear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installedusing either the LATCH anchors orthe vehicle’s seat belts. Do not useboth the seat belts and the LATCHanchorage system to secure arear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’s seatbelts to secure the child and thebooster seat. If the manufacturerrecommends that the booster seatbe secured with the LATCH system,this can be done as long as thebooster seat can be positionedproperly and there is no interferencewith the proper positioning of thelap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint,and also the instructions in thismanual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or the seatbelts to properly secure the childrestraint. A child restraint mustnever be installed using only the toptether and anchor.

The LATCH anchorage system canbe used until the combined weightof the child plus the child restraint is29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the seat beltalone instead of the LATCHanchorage system once thecombined weight is more than29.5 kg (65 lbs).

See Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)0 100 or Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in the FrontSeat) 0 102.

Child restraints built after March2014 will be labeled with thespecific child weight up to which theLATCH system can be used toinstall the restraint.

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positionshave lower anchors. In this case,the seat belt must be used (with toptether where available) to securethe child restraint. See SecuringChild Restraints (With the Seat Beltin the Rear Seat) 0 100 or SecuringChild Restraints (With the Seat Beltin the Front Seat) 0 102.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each LATCHseating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).



Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3, 4) is used to securethe top of the child restraint to thevehicle. A top tether anchor is builtinto the vehicle. The top tetherattachment hook (2) on the childrestraint connects to the top tetheranchor in the vehicle in order toreduce the forward movement androtation of the child restraint duringdriving or in a crash.

The child restraint may have asingle tether (3) or a dual tether (4).Either will have a single attachmenthook (2) to secure the top tether tothe anchor.

Some child restraints that have atop tether are designed for use withor without the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached. InCanada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for the childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Rear Seat

I : Seating positions with toptether anchors.

H : Seating positions with twolower anchors.

To assist in locating the loweranchors, each rear anchor positionhas a label, near the creasebetween the seatback and the seatcushion.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is on the cover for sedanmodels or near the anchors onliftgate models.



The outboard lower anchors arebehind the vertical openings in theseat trim.

Sedan

For sedan models, the top tetheranchors are under the coversbehind the rear seat on the fillerpanel. Pull open the cover to accessthe top tether anchors. Be sure touse an anchor on the same side ofthe vehicle as the seating positionwhere the child restraint will beplaced.

Liftgate

For liftgate models, the top tetheranchors are on the back of the rearseatbacks. Remove the cargo coverbefore installing the top tether. Thecargo cover should remain off whilethe top tether is in use. Be sure touse an anchor on the same side ofthe vehicle as the seating positionwhere the child restraint will beplaced.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.



According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint 0 91 for additionalinformation.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ Warning

A child could be seriously injuredor killed in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly attachedto the vehicle using either theLATCH anchors or the vehicleseat belt. Follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraintand the instructions in thismanual.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries during a crash, donot attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Buckle any unused seat beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock,and tighten the belt behind thechild restraint after the childrestraint has been installed.

Caution

Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s seat belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled seat belts to avoidrubbing the LATCH attachments.

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

Do not fold the rear seatbackwhen the seat is occupied. Do notfold the empty rear seat with aseat belt buckled. This coulddamage the seat belt or the seat.Unbuckle and return the seat beltto its stowed position, beforefolding the seat.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 91 foradditional information.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lowerattachments or the desiredseating position does not havelower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the top tether andthe seat belts. Refer to thechild restraint manufacturerinstructions and theinstructions in this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchorsfor the desired rearoutboard seating position.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

For outboard rear seatingpositions, if the headrestraint interferes withthe proper installation ofthe child restraint, thehead restraint may beremoved. See “HeadRestraint Removal andReinstallation” at the endof this section.

1.3. Attach and tighten thelower attachments on thechild restraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached,attach and tighten the toptether to the top tether anchor.Refer to the child restraintinstructions and the followingsteps:

2.1. Find the top tetheranchor.

For sedan models, openthe cover to expose theanchor.

2.2. For liftgate models,remove the cargo coverbefore installing the toptether. The cargo covershould remain off whilethe top tether is in use.

2.3. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether accordingto the child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:



If you are using a singletether in a rear outboardseating position with anadjustable head restraint,raise the head restraintand route the tetherunder the head restraintand in between the headrestraint posts.

If you are using a dualtether in a rear outboardseating position with anadjustable head restraint,raise the head restraintand route the tetherunder the head restraintand around the headrestraint posts.

If you are using a singletether in the centerseating position, or therear outboard headrestraint has beenremoved, route the singletether over the seatback.

If you are using a dualtether in the centerseating position, or therear outboard head

restraint has beenremoved, route the dualtether over the seatback.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the LATCH path and attemptto move it side to side andback and forth. There shouldbe no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement, for properinstallation.

Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation

The rear outboard head restraintscan be removed if they interfere withthe proper installation of the childrestraint.

To remove the head restraint:

1. Partially fold the seatbackforward. See Rear Seats 0 63for additional information.



2. Press both buttons on the headrestraint posts at the sametime, and pull up on the headrestraint.

3. Store the head restraint in thetrunk of the vehicle or in asecure place.

4. When the child restraint isremoved, reinstall the headrestraint before the seatingposition is used.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To reinstall the head restraint:

1. Insert the head restraint postsinto the holes in the top of theseatback. The notches on theposts must face the driver sideof the vehicle.

2. Push the head restraint down.

If necessary, press the heightadjustment release button tofurther lower the head restraint.See Head Restraints 0 58.

3. Try to move the head restraintto make sure that it is locked inplace.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the LATCH system is

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

working properly after a crash,see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

ISOFIX Child RestraintSystemsFasten vehicle-approved ISOFIXchild restraint systems to theISOFIX mounting brackets.

Specific vehicle ISOFIX childrestraint system positions aremarked in the “ISOFIX Child

Restraint Systems InstallationSuitability” table. See Where to Putthe Restraint 0 91.

The ISOFIX mounting brackets arelocated behind the vertical openingsin the seat trim and identified with alabel on the backrest.

Either a top tether mounting strap ora support leg must be used inaddition to the ISOFIX mountingbrackets.

When using ISOFIX mountingbrackets for seat mounting,universally approved child restraintsystems for ISOFIX may be used.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theRear Seat)When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 92 for how and where toinstall the child restraint usingLATCH. If a child restraint issecured in the vehicle using a seatbelt and it uses a top tether, seeLower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 92 fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be anchored.



In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the seatbelt to secure the child restraint.Be sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint 0 91.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

If the head restraint interfereswith the proper installation ofthe child restraint, the headrestraint may be removed. See“Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation” under LowerAnchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 92.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's seat belt

through or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks. If the latchplate will not go fully into thebuckle, check if the correctbuckle is being used.

Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.



5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.

6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 92.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it. If thehead restraint was removed,reinstall it before the seatingposition is used. See “HeadRestraint Removal and

Reinstallation” under Lower Anchorsand Tethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 92 for additionalinformation on installing the headrestraint properly.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theFront Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 91.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag under certainconditions. See Passenger SensingSystem 0 79 and Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 123 for moreinformation, including importantsafety information.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.



{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

forward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 79 for additional information.

If a child restraint uses a top tether,see Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 92 fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.Move the seat upward or theseatback to an upright position,if needed, to get a tightinstallation of the childrestraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag, theOFF indicator on thepassenger airbag statusindicator should light and staylit when you start vehicle. SeePassenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 123.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's seat belt



through or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.

Tilt the latch plate to adjust thebelt if needed.

4. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.



6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the airbags are off, the OFFindicator in the passenger airbagstatus indicator will come on andstay on when the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the ON indicator is lit, see “Ifthe On Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 79.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.


106 Storage

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . 106Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Center Console Storage . . . . . . 106

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Cover (Liftgate) . . . . . . . . 108

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Glove BoxOpen the glove box by lifting up onthe lever.

If equipped, a coin holder is on theinterior side of the glove box door.

CupholdersCupholders are in the centerconsole.

Cupholders may be located in thesecond row seat armrest. Toaccess, pull the armrest down.

Center Console StorageThe center console has a storagearea under the armrest.


Storage 107

Fixed Armrest

If equipped with a fixed armrest, pullup on the latch on the front of thearmrest to access the storage area.

Sliding Armrest

If equipped with a sliding armrest,return the armrest to the rearposition.

Pull up on the latch to access thestorage area.


108 Storage

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo Cover (Liftgate)

{ Warning

An unsecured cargo cover couldstrike people in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash. Store thecargo cover securely or remove itfrom the vehicle.

{ Warning

Do not place objects on the cargocover. Sudden stops or turns cancause objects to be thrown in thevehicle. You or others could beinjured.

The cargo cover can be used tocover items in the rear of thevehicle.

To remove the cargo cover:

1. Remove both of the cords fromthe hooks at the top of theliftgate.

2. Push up on the underside ofthe cargo cover at both pins atthe front sides of the cargocover.

To install the cargo cover:

1. Align the clips on the undersideof the cargo cover over thepins on both sides of the cargoarea and push down.

2. Reconnect both of the cords tothe hooks at the top of theliftgate.


Instruments and Controls 109

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . 110Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 110Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 110Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 111Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 121

Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 122Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Charging System Light . . . . . . . 123Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 124

Brake System WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Lane Keep Assist (LKA)Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 127Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . 127Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . 128Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Wait-to-Start Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 129Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 129Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 130Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 131Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 131Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 131Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 131

Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Information DisplaysDriver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Driver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Engine Power Messages . . . . . 138Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 139

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 139


110 Instruments and Controls

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See “Steering WheelControls” in the infotainmentmanual.

Heated Steering Wheel

( : If equipped, press to turn on oroff. A light on the button displayswhen the feature is turned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to start heating.

Automatic Heated Steering Wheel

If equipped with remote start, theheated steering wheel will turn onautomatically during a remote startalong with the heated seats when itis cold outside. The heated steeringwheel indicator light may notcome on.

If equipped with auto heated seats,the heated steering wheel will turnon when the auto heated seat isactivated.

See Heated Front Seats 0 62 andVehicle Personalization 0 139.

Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.



Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the side of the steeringcolumn. With the ignition on or inACC/ACCESSORY, move thewindshield wiper lever to select thewiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then adjust theband to control the frequency ofwipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For several wipes,hold the lever down.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 253.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor. If the wiper motoroverheats, the windshield wipers willstop until the motor cools and thewiper control is turned off. SeeElectrical System Overload 0 263.

Wiper Parking

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are on LO, HI, or INT, theywill immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield.

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing, the wiperscontinue to run until they reach thebase of the windshield.

f : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.The wipers will continue until thelever is released or the maximumwash time is reached. When thelever is released, additional wipesmay occur depending on how long



the windshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid 0 248for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

Rear Window Wiper/WasherThe ignition must be on or in theACC/ACCESSORY position tooperate the rear window wiper/washer.

If equipped, turn the end of thewindshield wiper lever to operatethe rear window wiper/washer.

OFF : Turns the system off.

INT : Intermittent wipes.

ON : Slow wipes.

1 : Push the windshield wiperlever forward to spray washer fluidon the rear window. The leverautomatically returns to its originalposition when released.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

Rear Wiper Arm AssemblyProtection

When using an automatic car wash,move the rear wiper control to OFFto disable the rear wiper. In somevehicles, if the transmission is inN (Neutral) and the vehicle speed isvery slow, the rear wiper willautomatically park.

The wiper operations return tonormal when the transmission is nolonger in N (Neutral) or the vehiclespeed has increased.

Reverse Gear Wipes

If the rear wiper control is off, therear wiper will automatically operatecontinuously when the shift lever isin R (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performing low



or high speed wipes. If the rearwiper control is off, the shift lever isin R (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performinginterval wipes, then the rear wiperautomatically performs intervalwipes.

This feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 139.

The windshield washer reservoir isused for the windshield and rearwindow. Check the fluid level ifeither washer is not working. SeeWasher Fluid 0 248.

CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). The compass receivesits heading and other informationfrom the Global PositioningSystem (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC),and vehicle speed information.

Avoid covering the GPS antenna,located on the roof, for long periodsof time with objects that mayinterfere with the antenna's ability to

receive a satellite signal. Thecompass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPSsatellites. When the compassdisplay shows CAL, drive thevehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive aGPS signal. The compass systemwill automatically determine whenthe GPS signal is restored andprovide a heading again.

ClockThe time and date for the clock canbe set using the infotainmentsystem. See “Time/Date” in“System“ under “Settings” in theinfotainment manual.

Power OutletsPower Outlet 12-Volt DirectCurrent

The accessory power outlet can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

There is an accessory power outleton the center console in front of theshift lever. This outlet is poweredwhen the ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, or until the driverdoor is opened within 10 minutes ofturning off the vehicle. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 180.

Open the cover to access.

Caution

Leaving electrical equipmentplugged in for an extended periodof time while the vehicle is off willdrain the battery. Always unplugelectrical equipment when not inuse and do not plug in equipmentthat exceeds the maximum20 amp rating.

Certain electrical accessories maynot be compatible with theaccessory power outlet and couldoverload vehicle or adapter fuses.If a problem is experienced, seeyour dealer.



When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the installationinstructions included with theequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 227.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started toindicate they are working. Whenone of the warning lights comes onand stays on while driving, or whenone of the gauges shows there maybe a problem, check the section thatexplains what to do. Waiting to dorepairs can be costly and evendangerous.



Instrument Cluster

Base Level English Shown, Metric Similar



Base Level Diesel Auto Stop English Shown, Metric Similar



Uplevel with Auto Stop



Cluster Menu (Uplevel)

There is an interactive display areain the center of the instrumentcluster.

Use the right steering wheel controlto open and scroll through thedifferent items and displays.

Press o to access the cluster

applications. Usew orx to scrollthrough the list of availableapplications. Not all applications willbe available on all vehicles.

. Info app. This is where you canview the selected DriverInformation Center (DIC)displays. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Base Level) 0 132or Driver Information Center(DIC) (Uplevel) 0 135.

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Options

Audio

In the main view of the Audio app,pressw orx to scroll throughradio stations or move to the next/previous track of a CD/USB/Bluetooth device that is connectedto the vehicle. Press V to select the

Audio app, then press p to enterthe Audio menu. In the Audio menubrowse for music, select from thefavorites, or change the audiosource.

Phone

Press V to select the Phone app,

then press p to enter the Phonemenu. In the Phone menu, if there isno active phone call, view recentcalls, scroll through contacts,or select from the favorites. If thereis an active call, mute or unmute thephone or switch to handset orhandsfree operation.

Navigation

Press V to select the Navigation

app, then press p to enter theNavigation menu. If there is noactive route, you can resume thelast route and turn the voiceprompts on/off. If there is an activeroute, press V to cancel routeguidance or turn the voice promptson/off.

Options

Press V to select the Options app.

Usew orx to scroll through theitems in the Options menu.



Units : Press p while Units isdisplayed to enter the Units menu.Choose U.S. or metric units bypressing V while the desired item ishighlighted.

Info Pages : Press p while InfoPages is displayed to enter the InfoPages menu and select the items tobe displayed in the Info app.See Driver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) 0 132 or DriverInformation Center (DIC) (Uplevel)0 135.

Speed Warning : The SpeedWarning display allows the driver toset a speed that they do not want toexceed. To set the Speed Warning,press p when Speed Warning is

displayed. Pressw orx to adjust

the value. Press V to set the speed.Once the speed is set, this featurecan be turned off by pressing Vwhile viewing this page. If theselected speed limit is exceeded, apop-up warning is displayed with achime.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 132 or Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 135.

TachometerThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions perminute (rpm).

For vehicles with the Stop/Startsystem, when the ignition is on, thetachometer indicates the vehiclestatus. When pointing to AUTOSTOP, the engine is off but thevehicle is on and can move. Theengine could auto start at any time.When the indicator points to OFF,the vehicle is off.

When the engine is on, thetachometer will indicate the engine’srevolutions per minute (rpm). Thetachometer may vary by severalhundred rpm’s, during Auto Stopmode, when the engine is shuttingoff and restarting.

Caution

If the engine is operated with therpm’s in the warning area at thehigh end of the tachometer, thevehicle could be damaged, andthe damage would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Do notoperate the engine with the rpm’sin the warning area.



Fuel Gauge

Metric Base Level

English Base Level

Uplevel

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how muchfuel is left in the tank.

An arrow on the fuel gaugeindicates the side of the vehicle thefuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There is asmall amount of fuel left, but the fueltank should be filled soon.

Here are four things that someowners ask about. None of theseshow a problem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the fuelpump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge indicated the tank washalf full, but it actually took alittle more or less than half thetank's capacity to fill the tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back toempty when the ignition isturned off.



Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

Metric Base Level

English Base Level

Uplevel

This gauge shows the enginecoolant temperature.

If the pointer moves toward thewarning area at the high end of thegauge, the engine is too hot.

If the vehicle has been operatingunder normal driving conditions, pulloff the road, stop the vehicle, andturn off the engine as soon aspossible. See Engine Overheating0 247.

Seat Belt Reminders

Driver Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver seat belt reminderlight on the instrument cluster.

When the engine is on, this light issolid. When the engine is started,this light flashes and a chime maycome on to remind the driver tofasten their seat belt. Then the lightstays on solid until the belt is



buckled. This cycle may continueseveral times if the driver becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.

If the driver seat belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.

Passenger Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a passenger seat beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. If equipped,see Passenger Sensing System0 79.

When the engine is on, this light issolid. When the engine is started,this light flashes and a chime maycome on to remind passengers tofasten their seat belt. Then the lightstays on solid until the belt isbuckled. This cycle continues

several times if the passengerbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the passenger seat belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger seat beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seatsuch as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, laptop, or otherelectronic device. To turn off thereminder light and/or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe seat belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on theairbag system, see Airbag System0 73.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.



Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 79 for importantsafety information. The overheadconsole has a passenger airbagstatus indicator.

United States

Canada

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF, or the symbolfor on and off, for several secondsas a system check. Then, after

several seconds, the statusindicator will light either ON or OFF,or the on or off symbol to let youknow the status of the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag.

If the word ON or the on symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag are allowed toinflate.

If the word OFF or the off symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that thepassenger sensing system hasturned off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 122 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Charging System Light

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the ignition is turnedon, but the engine is not running, asa check to show the light is working.The light turns off when the engineis started. If it does not, have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.



If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there could be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radioand air conditioner.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check EngineLight)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-boarddiagnostic system. If this light is onwhile the engine is running, amalfunction has been detected andthe vehicle may require service. Thelight should come on to show that itis working when the ignition is onwith the engine not running for KeyAccess or in Service Mode forKeyless Access. See IgnitionPositions (Keyless Access) 0 171 orIgnition Positions (Key Access)0 172.

This light may also come on whenthe system has detected a problemwith the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)management system. See DieselExhaust Fluid 0 184.

Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly whenit comes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may notrun smoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do notmeet the original tirespecifications, can cause this lightto come on. This could lead tocostly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. This could alsoaffect the vehicle’s ability to passan Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 231.

Light Flashing (GasolineEngine Only)

If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and servicemay be required.



To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicleoff and wait at least 10 secondsbefore restarting the engine. If thelight is still flashing, follow theprevious guidelines and see yourdealer for service as soon aspossible.

Light on Steady (All Engines)

If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. A loose or missing fuel cap maycause the light to come on.See Filling the Tank (Gasoline)0 222 or Filling the Tank (Diesel)0 224. A few driving trips withthe cap properly installed mayturn the light off.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change thefuel brand. It may require atleast one full tank of the properfuel to turn the light off.See Recommended Fuel(Gasoline) 0 215 or Fuel forDiesel Engines 0 216.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, thetest equipment will likely connect tothe vehicle's Data LinkConnector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. Connecting devices that arenot used to perform an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test or toservice the vehicle may affectvehicle operation. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 227. Seeyour dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engineis running.

. The light does not come onwhen the ignition is on with theengine not running for KeyAccess or in Service Mode forKeyless Access.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine drivingbefore the system is ready forinspection. This can happen ifthe 12-volt battery has recently



been replaced or run down, or ifthe vehicle has been recentlyserviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle willnot pass or cannot be made readyfor the test.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remainingcircuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working.

If the warning light comes on, thereis a brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the engine is started. If it doesnot come on then, have it fixed so itwill be ready to warn you if there isa problem.

When the ignition is on, the brakesystem warning light also comes onwhen the parking brake is set. Thelight stays on if the parking brakedoes not fully release. If it stays onafter the parking brake is fullyreleased, it means the vehicle has abrake problem.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

The Antilock Brake System (ABS)light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem.

If the ABS light comes on and stayson while driving, stop as soon aspossible and turn the ignition off.Start the engine again to reset thesystem. If the light stays on afterdriving at a speed above 20 km/h(13 mph), see your dealer forservice. A chime may also soundwhen the light comes on steady.

If the regular brake system warninglight is not on, the vehicle still hasbrakes, but not antilock brakes.If the regular brake system warning



light is also on, the vehicle does nothave antilock brakes and there is aproblem with the regular brakes.See Brake System Warning Light0 126.

A DIC message may display.

Up-Shift Light

This light comes on when anup-shift is recommended for bestfuel economy. The numberdisplayed with the arrow indicatesthe recommended gear.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)Light

If available, this light comes onbriefly while starting the vehicle.

If it does not come on, have thevehicle serviced.

This light is green if LKA is availableto assist.

LKA may assist by gently turningthe steering wheel if the vehicleapproaches a detected lane markingwithout using the turn signal in thatdirection. The LKA light will turnamber.

This light is amber and flashes as aLane Departure Warning (LDW)alert, to indicate that the lanemarking has been crossed.

See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 212.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay green when a vehicle isdetected ahead and amber whenyou are following a vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 204.

Pedestrian AheadIndicator



If equipped, this indicator willdisplay amber when a nearbypedestrian is detected directly infront of the vehicle.

See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System 0 208.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)button.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak/ESCis turned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel speed willbe limited when necessary toprotect the driveline from damage.Adjust driving accordingly.


StabiliTrak OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system is turned off.If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If StabiliTrak/ESC and TCS are off,the system does not assist incontrolling the vehicle. Turn on theTCS and the StabiliTrak/ESCsystems, and the warning lightturns off.


Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS and potentially the StabiliTrak/ESC system have been disabled.A Driver Information Center (DIC)



message may display. Check theDIC messages to determine whichfeature(s) is no longer functioningand whether the vehicle requiresservice.

If the light is on and flashing, theTCS and/or the StabiliTrak/ESCsystem is actively working.


Wait-to-Start Light

For diesel engines, the wait-to-startlight shows that the engine isfunctioning properly and indicateswhen the engine can be started.

The fast warm-up glow plug systemmakes the wait-to-start light stay onfor a shorter amount of time thanmost diesel engines.

For more information, see Startingthe Engine 0 174.

Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC)tire pressure message may alsodisplay. Stop as soon as possible,and inflate the tires to the pressurevalue shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See TirePressure 0 278.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 281.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating rangeand the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.



This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.

Low Fuel Warning Light

This light is near the fuel gauge andcomes on briefly when the ignition isturned on as a check to show it isworking.

It also comes on when the fuel tankis low on fuel. The light turns offwhen fuel is added. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid(DEF) Warning Light

This light, a Driver InformationCenter (DIC) Message, and a chimecome on when there is an issue withthe DEF.

If the DEF issue has not beencorrected, the light will continue toflash. The vehicle's speed may alsobe limited. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid0 184.

Security Light

The security light should come onbriefly as the engine is started. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See Immobilizer Operation(Key Access) 0 50 or ImmobilizerOperation (Keyless Access) 0 51.



High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 146.

IntelliBeam Light

This light comes on when theIntelliBeam system, if equipped, isenabled. See Exterior LampControls 0 144.

Front Fog Lamp Light

The fog lamp light comes on whenthe fog lamps are in use.

The light goes out when the foglamps are turned off. See FogLamps 0 148 for more information.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use. SeeExterior Lamp Controls 0 144.

Cruise Control Light

For vehicles with cruise control, thecruise control light is white when thecruise control is on and ready, andturns green when the cruise controlis set and active.

The light turns off when the cruisecontrol is turned off. See CruiseControl 0 198.



Door Ajar Light

If equipped, this light comes onwhen a door is open or not securelylatched. Before driving, check thatall doors are properly closed.

Information Displays

Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level)The DIC displays information aboutyour vehicle. It also displayswarning messages if a systemproblem is detected. See VehicleMessages 0 138. All messagesappear in the DIC display in thecenter of the instrument cluster.

DIC Operation and Displays

The DIC has different displayswhich can be accessed by using theDIC buttons on the turn signal lever.

DIC Buttons

SET/CLR : Press to set, or pressand hold to clear, the menu itemdisplayed.

\ : Use the band to scroll throughthe items in each menu.

MENU : Press to display the Trip/Fuel Menu, the Vehicle InformationMenu, and the ECO Menu. Thisbutton is also used to return to orexit the last screen displayed onthe DIC.

If equipped with steering wheelcontrols, see “Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Uplevel)” later in thissection.

Trip/Fuel Menu (TRIP) Items

Press MENU on the turn signallever until the TRIP menu displays.Use\ to scroll through the menuitems. Not all items are available onevery vehicle. The following is a listof all possible menu items:

Digital Speed : Displays how fastthe vehicle is moving in eitherkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). The speedometercannot be reset.



Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average FuelEconomy : Displays the currentdistance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), fromthe last reset for the trip odometer.The trip odometer can be reset tozero by pressing and holding SET/CLR while the trip odometer displayis showing.

Also displays the approximateaverage liters per 100 kilometers(L/100 km) or miles per gallon(mpg). This number is based on thenumber of L/100 km (mpg) recordedsince the last time this menu itemwas reset. This number reflects onlythe approximate average fueleconomy that the vehicle has rightnow, and will change as drivingconditions change. Reset theaverage consumption by pressingSET/CLR when it is displayed.

Fuel Range : Displays theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refueling. Thefuel range estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving history

and the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank. Fuel range cannot bereset.

Instantaneous Fuel Economy :Displays the current fuel economy inliters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)or miles per gallon (mpg). Thisnumber reflects only theapproximate fuel economy that thevehicle has right now and changesfrequently as driving conditionschange. This display cannot bereset.

Average Vehicle Speed : Displaysthe average vehicle speed of thevehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)or miles per hour (mph). Thisaverage is based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset. Reset the average speedby pressing SET/CLR when it isdisplayed.

Timer : To start the timer, pressSET/CLR while Timer is displayed.The display will show the amount oftime that has passed since the timerwas last reset, not including time theignition is off. Time will continue tobe counted as long as the ignition is

on, even if another display is beingshown on the DIC. The timer willrecord up to 99 hours, 59 minutes,and 59 seconds (99:59:59) afterwhich the display will return to zero.To stop the timer, press SET/CLRbriefly while Timer is displayed. Toreset the timer to zero, press andhold SET/CLR.

Blank Display : Displays noinformation.

Vehicle Information Menu(VEHICLE) Items

Press MENU on the turn signallever until the VEHICLE menu isdisplayed. Use\ to scroll throughthe menu items. Not all items areavailable on every vehicle. Thefollowing is a list of all possiblemenu items:

Remaining Oil Life : Displays anestimate of the oil's remaining usefullife. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.



When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 237.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 325.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. Do not resetthe Oil Life display accidentally atany time other than when the oil hasjust been changed. It cannot bereset accurately until the next oilchange. To reset the engine oil lifesystem, see Engine Oil Life System0 240.

Oil Pressure : Oil pressure isdisplayed in either kilopascal (kPa)or in pounds per square inch (psi).

Fuel Filter Life : This display showsan estimate of the fuel filter'sremaining useful life. If 90% FuelFilter Life Remaining is displayed, itmeans 90% of the current fuel filterlife remains. The fuel filter lifesystem will alert when to change the

fuel filter on a schedule consistentwith your driving conditions. Whenthe remaining fuel filter life is low,the CHANGE FUEL FILTERmessage will appear on the display.Change the fuel filter as soon aspossible.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)Level : The DEF level will bedisplayed as either OK, XX%,or LOW. When LOW appears on thedisplay, add DEF as soon aspossible. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid0 184.

Tire Pressure : Displays a vehiclewith the approximate pressures ofall four tires. Tire pressure isdisplayed in either kilopascal (kPa)or in pounds per square inch (psi).See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 280 and Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 281.

Battery Voltage : Displays thecurrent battery voltage, if equipped.Battery voltage changes are normalwhile driving. See Charging SystemLight 0 123. If there is a problemwith the battery charging system,the DIC will display a message.

Speed Warning : This display isused to set the vehicle speed atwhich the speed warning chimesounds and the alert is displayed.The speed can be set by pressingSET/CLR while the speed warningdisplay is showing.

Units : Move\ to change betweenMetric or US when the Unit displayis active. Press SET/CLR to confirmthe setting. This will change thedisplays on the DIC to the type ofmeasurements you select.

ECO Drive Assist Menu (ECO)Items

This menu is only available on somevehicles. Press MENU on the turnsignal lever until the ECO menu isdisplayed. Use\ to scroll throughthe menu items. Not all items areavailable on every vehicle. Thefollowing is a list of all possiblemenu items:

Best Average Fuel Economy : Thebottom displays the best averagefuel economy (AFE) achieved for aselected distance. The top displays



a running average of fuel economyfor the most recently traveledselected distance. The center bargraph displays the instantaneousfuel economy. Quickly press SET/CLR to change the settings for thedistance options.

When viewing best AFE, a severalsecond press and hold of SET/CLRwill reset the best value. The bestvalue will show “- - -“ until theselected distance has beentraveled.

The display provides feedback onhow current driving behavior in thebar graph affects the runningaverage in the top display and howwell recent driving compares to thebest that has been achieved.

Top Consumers : Shows a list ofthe features that are currentlyimpacting the fuel economy, in orderfrom highest to lowest. If a feature isturned off, it will be removed fromthe list.

Economy Trend : Shows history ofthe Average Fuel Economy from thelast 50 km (30 mi). Each barrepresents about 5 km (3 mi) ofdriving. During driving the bars willshift to always reflect the mostrecent distance on the right side.Press and hold SET/CLR to clearthe graph.

Driver Information Center(DIC) (Uplevel)The DIC displays are shown in thecenter of the instrument cluster inthe Info app. See Instrument Cluster0 115. The displays show the statusof many vehicle systems. Thecontrols for the DIC are on the rightsteering wheel control.

w orx : Press to move up ordown in a list.

o or p : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster.

V : Press to open a menu or selecta menu item. Press and hold toreset values on certain screens.

DIC Info Page Options

The info pages on the DIC can beturned on or off through theOptions menu.

1. Press o to access the clusterapplications.



2. Pressw orx to scroll to theOptions application.

3. Press V to enter theOptions menu.

4. Scroll to Info Pages andpress p.

5. Pressw orx to movethrough the list of possibleinformation displays.

6. Press V while an item ishighlighted to select ordeselect that item. When anitem is selected, a checkmarkwill appear next to it.

DIC Info Pages

The following is the list of allpossible DIC info page displays.Some may not be available for yourparticular vehicle. Some items maynot be turned on by default but canbe turned on through the Optionsapp. See “DIC Info Page Options”earlier in this section.

Speed : Shows the vehicle speed ineither kilometers per hour (km/h) ormiles per hour (mph). If equipped,press p to open the menu andselect to display speed limit signs.

Trip A or Trip B : Shows thecurrent distance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

This also shows the approximateaverage liters per 100 kilometers(L/100 km) or miles pergallon (mpg). This number iscalculated based on the number ofL/100 km (mpg) recorded since thelast time this menu item was reset.This number reflects only theapproximate average fuel economythat the vehicle has right now, andwill change as driving conditionschange.

Press and hold V while this displayis active to reset the trip odometerand the average fuel economy. TripA and Trip B can also be reset bypressing p and choosing reset.

Fuel Range : Shows theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refueling.LOW will be displayed when thevehicle is low on fuel. The fuelrange estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank.

Oil Life : Shows an estimate of theoil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 237.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 325.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. It will notreset itself. Do not to reset the OilLife display at any time other than



when the oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately untilthe next oil change. To reset theengine oil life system, press andhold V for several seconds whilethe Oil Life display is active. SeeEngine Oil Life System 0 240.

Tire Pressure : Shows theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire isshown in amber. See Tire PressureMonitor System 0 280 and TirePressure Monitor Operation 0 281.

Instantaneous Fuel Economy :Displays the current fuel economy inliters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)or miles per gallon (mpg). Thisnumber reflects only theapproximate fuel economy that thevehicle has right now and changesfrequently as driving conditionschange. This display cannot bereset.

Average Vehicle Speed : Displaysthe average vehicle speed of thevehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)or miles per hour (mph). Thisaverage is based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset. Reset the average speedby pressing V when it is displayed.

Fuel Economy : The centerdisplays the approximateinstantaneous fuel economy as anumber and bar graph. Displayedabove the bar graph is a runningaverage of fuel economy for themost recently traveled selecteddistance. Displayed below the bargraph is the best average fueleconomy that has been achieved forthe selected distance. The selecteddistance is displayed at the top ofthe page as “last xxx mi/km.”

Press p to select the distance or

reset best value. Usew andx to

choose the distance and press V.

Pressw andx to select “ResetBest Score.” Press V to reset thebest average fuel economy. Afterreset, the best value displays “-,-”until the selected distance has beentraveled.

The display provides information onhow current driving behavior affectsthe running average and how wellrecent driving compares to the bestthat has been achieved for theselected distance.



Timer : This display can be used asa timer. To start the timer, press Vwhile this display is active. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer waslast reset. To stop the timer, press Vbriefly while this display is activeand the timer is running. To resetthe timer to zero, press and hold Vwhile this display is active, or pressp and select reset.

Battery Voltage : Displays thecurrent battery voltage, if equipped.Battery voltage changes are normalwhile driving. See Charging SystemLight 0 123. If there is a problemwith the battery charging system,the DIC will display a message.

Blank Page : Shows noinformation.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may appear one afteranother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing V. The messages thatrequire immediate action cannot becleared until that action isperformed.

All messages should be takenseriously; clearing the messagedoes not correct the problem.

If a SERVICE message appears,see your dealer.

Follow the instructions given in themessages. The system displaysmessages regarding the followingtopics:

. Service Messages

. Fluid Levels

. Vehicle Security

. Brakes

. Steering

. Ride Control Systems

. Driver Assistance Systems

. Cruise Control

. Lighting and Bulb Replacement

. Wiper/Washer Systems

. Doors and Windows

. Seat Belts

. Airbag Systems

. Engine and Transmission

. Tire Pressure

. Battery

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's propulsion power isreduced. A reduction in propulsionpower can affect the vehicle's abilityto accelerate. If this message is on,but there is no observed reductionin performance, proceed to yourdestination. The performance may



be reduced the next time the vehicleis driven. The vehicle may be drivenwhile this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, or displaysrepeatedly, the vehicle should betaken to your dealer for service assoon as possible.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMITED TOXXX KM/H (MPH)

This message shows that thevehicle speed has been limited tothe speed displayed. The limitedspeed is a protection for variouspropulsion and vehicle systems,such as lubrication, thermal,suspension, Teen Driver ifequipped, or tires.

VehiclePersonalizationThe following are all possiblevehicle personalization features.Depending on the vehicle, somemay not be available.

For System, Apps, and Personalfeatures and functions, see“Settings” in the infotainmentmanual.

To access the vehiclepersonalization menu:

1. Touch the Settings icon on theHome Page of the infotainmentdisplay.

2. Touch Vehicle to display a listof available options.

3. Touch to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Touch9 or R to turn a featureoff or on.

5. Touch z to go to the top levelof the Settings menu.

The menu may contain thefollowing:

Rear Seat Reminder

This allows for a chime and amessage when the rear door hasbeen opened before or duringoperation of the vehicle.

Touch Off or On.

Climate and Air Quality

Touch and the following maydisplay:

. Auto Fan Speed

. Auto Heated Seats

. Auto Defog

. Auto Rear Defog

Auto Fan Speed

This setting specifies the amount ofairflow when the climate control fansetting is Auto Fan.

Touch Low, Medium, or High.



Auto Heated Seats

When enabled, this feature willautomatically activate the heatedseats at the level required by theinterior temperature. The autoheated seats can be turned off byusing the heated seat buttons onthe center stack. See Heated FrontSeats 0 62.

If equipped with the auto heatedsteering wheel, this feature will turnon when the auto heated seatsturn on.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Defog

This setting automatically turns thefront defogger on when the engineis started.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Rear Defog

This setting automatically turns therear defogger on when the engine isstarted.

Touch Off or On.

Collision/Detection Systems


. Alert Type

. Park Assist

. Forward Collision System

. Front Pedestrian Detection

. Lane Change Alert

. Rear Camera Park AssistSymbols

. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

Alert Type

This setting specifies the type ofvehicle feedback provided, either abeep or seat vibration, when youare in danger of colliding with anobject.

Touch Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.

Park Assist

If equipped, this feature can assistin backing up and parking thevehicle. See Assistance Systems forParking or Backing 0 202.

Touch Off or On.

Forward Collision System

This feature will turn on or offForward Collision Alert (FCA) andForward Automatic Braking (FAB).With the Alert and Brake setting,both FCA and FAB are available.The Alert setting disables FAB. SeeForward Automatic Braking (FAB)0 206.

Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.

Front Pedestrian Detection

This feature may help avoid orreduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes with nearbypedestrians. See Front PedestrianBraking (FPB) System 0 208.

Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.

Lane Change Alert

This setting specifies if an alert willdisplay on the outside mirror to helpyou avoid crashing into a vehicle inyour blind spot, or rapidlyapproaching your blind spot, duringa lane change maneuver. See LaneChange Alert (LCA) 0 210.



When Lane Change Alert isdisabled, Side Blind Zone Alert isalso disabled.

Touch Off or On.

Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols

This setting enables the RearCamera Park Assist Symbols. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 202.

Touch Off or On.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This allows the Rear Cross TrafficAlert feature to be turned on or off.See “Rear Cross Traffic Alert” inAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 202.

Touch Off or On.

Comfort and Convenience


. Chime Volume

. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

Chime Volume

This setting determines the chimevolume level.

Touch the controls on theinfotainment display to adjust thevolume.

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

Select to set the Auto Wipe inReverse Gear feature on or off.When on, and the front wipers areon, the rear window wiper will turnon automatically when the vehicle isshifted into R (Reverse).

Touch Off or On.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This setting flashes the vehicle’sheadlamps when K is pressed onthe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

Touch Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This setting specifies how long theheadlamps stay on after the vehicleis turned off and exited.

Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Open Door Anti Lock Out

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Open Door Anti Lock Out

This setting prevents the driver doorfrom locking when the door is open.If this setting is on, the DelayedDoor Lock menu will not beavailable.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).



Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

This setting flashes the exteriorlamps when the vehicle is unlockedwith the RKE transmitter.

Touch Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This setting specifies how thevehicle responds when the vehicleis locked with the RKE transmitter.

Touch Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This setting specifies whether alldoors, or just the driver door, unlockwhen pressing K on the RKEtransmitter.

Touch All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

This setting automatically turns onthe heated seats when using theremote start function on cold days.See Heated Front Seats 0 62 andRemote Vehicle Start 0 40.

If equipped with the auto heatedsteering wheel, this feature will turnon when the remote start autoheated seats turn on.

Touch Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This setting specifies which doorsunlock when using the button on thedriver door handle to unlock thevehicle.

Touch All Doors or Driver Door Only.

Passive Door Lock

This setting specifies if the vehiclewill automatically lock, or lock andprovide an alert after all the doorsare closed, and you walk away fromthe vehicle with the RKE transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (Keyless Access)0 31 or Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation (KeyAccess) 0 38.

Touch Off, On with HornChirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle. This menu also enablesRemote No Longer in Vehicle Alert.

Touch Off or On.



Teen Driver

See “Teen Driver” under “Settings”in the infotainment manual.

Valet Mode

This will lock the infotainmentsystem and steering wheel controls.It may also limit access to vehiclestorage locations, if equipped.

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.

2. Touch Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Touch Lock or Unlock to lock orunlock the system. Touch Back togo back to the previous menu.


144 Lighting

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 144Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Automatic HeadlampSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 147Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Battery Power Protection . . . . . 150Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is to theleft of the steering column on theinstrument panel.

O : Turns the exterior lamps off anddeactivates the AUTO mode. Turnto O again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Turns the headlamps onautomatically at normal brightness,together with the parking lamps,taillamps, license plate lamps,instrument panel lights, andsidemarker lamps.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights. A warningchime sounds if the driver door isopened when the ignition is off andthe headlamps are on.

9 : If equipped, press to turn thefog lamps on or off. See Fog Lamps0 148.

IntelliBeam System

If equipped, this system turns thevehicle's high-beam headlamps onand off according to surroundingtraffic conditions.

The system turns the high-beamheadlamps on when it is darkenough and there is no other trafficpresent.


Lighting 145

This light comes on in theinstrument cluster when theIntelliBeam system is enabled.

Turning On and EnablingIntelliBeam

To enable the IntelliBeam system,pressb on the turn signal leverwhen the exterior lamp control is inthe AUTO or5 position. The bluehigh-beam on light appears on theinstrument cluster when the highbeams are on.

Driving with IntelliBeam

The system only activates the highbeams when driving over 40 km/h(25 mph).

There is a sensor near the topcenter of the windshield thatautomatically controls the system.Keep this area of the windshieldclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

The high-beam headlamps remainon, under the automatic control,until one of the following situationsoccurs:

. The system detects anapproaching vehicle'sheadlamps.

. The system detects a precedingvehicle's taillamps.

. The outside light is brightenough that high-beamheadlamps are not required.

. The vehicle's speed drops below20 km/h (12 mph).

. The IntelliBeam system isdisabled by the button onthe turn signal lever. If this

happens, pressb on theturn signal lever when theexterior lamp control is in theAUTO or5 position. Theinstrument cluster light will comeon to indicate the IntelliBeamsystem is reactivated.

The high beams may not turn offautomatically if the system cannotdetect another vehicle's lampsbecause of any of the following:

. The other vehicle's lamps aremissing, damaged, obstructedfrom view, or otherwiseundetected.

. The other vehicle's lamps arecovered with dirt, snow, and/orroad spray.

. The other vehicle's lamps cannotbe detected due to denseexhaust, smoke, fog, snow, roadspray, mist, or other airborneobstructions.

. The vehicle's windshield is dirty,cracked, or obstructed bysomething that blocks the viewof the light sensor.


146 Lighting. The vehicle is loaded such that

the front end points upward,causing the light sensor to aimhigh and not detect headlampsand taillamps.

. The vehicle is being driven onwinding or hilly roads.

The automatic high-beamheadlamps may need to be disabledif any of the above conditions exist.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer3 : Push the turn signal levertoward the instrument panel tochange the headlamps from low tohigh beam.

Pull the turn signal lever toward youand release it to return to low-beamheadlamps.

When the high-beam headlamps areon, this indicator light on theinstrument cluster will also be on.

Flash-to-PassTo flash the high beams, pull theturn signal lever all the way towardyou. Then release it.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)If equipped, DRL can make it easierfor others to see the front of yourvehicle during the day. Fullyfunctional DRL are required on allvehicles first sold in Canada. Thevehicle may have dedicatedLight-Emitting Diode (LED) DRL.

The DRL will come on when all ofthe following conditions are met:

. The ignition is on.

. The exterior lamp control isin AUTO.

. The light sensor determines it isdaytime.

. The parking brake is released orthe vehicle is not in P (Park).

When the DRL are on, the taillamps,sidemarker lamps, and other lampswill not be on.

The DRL turn off when theheadlamps are turned to O or theignition is off. For vehicles first soldin Canada, the DRL can only beturned off when the vehicle isparked.

Automatic HeadlampSystemThe feature only works on vehicleswith automatic light control.

When it is dark enough outside andthe exterior lamp control is in theautomatic position, the headlampscome on automatically. See ExteriorLamp Controls 0 144.


Lighting 147

The vehicle has a light sensor ontop of the instrument panel. Makesure it is not covered, or theheadlamps will be on when they arenot needed.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel. If thevehicle is started in a dark garage,the automatic headlamp systemcomes on immediately. If it is lightoutside when the vehicle leaves thegarage, there is a slight delaybefore the automatic headlamp

system changes to the DRL. Duringthat delay, the instrument clustermay not be as bright as usual. Makesure the instrument panelillumination control is in the fullbright position. See InstrumentPanel Illumination Control 0 149.

Lights On with Wipers

This feature only works on vehicleswith automatic light control.

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the engineon, and the exterior lamp control isin AUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lampscome on. The transition time for thelamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers arenot operating, these lamps turn off.Move the exterior lamp control to Oor; to disable this feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers

| : Press to make the front andrear turn signal lamps flash on andoff. This warns others that you arehaving trouble. Press again to turnthe flashers off.


148 Lighting

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterwill flash in the direction of the turnor lane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lanechange is complete. If the lever ismoved momentarily to the lanechange position, the arrow will flashthree times.

The lever returns to its startingposition when it is released.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange, the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmay be burned out.

Have any burned out bulbsreplaced. If a bulb is not burned out,check the fuse. See InstrumentPanel Fuse Block 0 268.

Fog Lamps

If equipped with front fog lamps, thebutton is on the exterior lampcontrol, on the outboard side of thesteering wheel.

To turn on the fog lamps, the ignitionand the headlamps or parking lampsmust be on.

9 : Press to turn the fog lamps onor off. An indicator light on theinstrument cluster comes on whenthe fog lamps are on.

Some localities have laws thatrequire the headlamps to be onalong with the fog lamps.


Lighting 149

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

This feature controls the brightnessof the instrument panel controls andthe infotainment display. Thethumbwheel is next to the exteriorlamp control.

D : Move the thumbwheel up ordown and hold, to brighten or dimthe instrument panel controls andinfotainment display.

Courtesy LampsThe courtesy lamps come onautomatically when any door isopened and the dome lamp is in thedoor position.

Dome Lamps

( : Press to turn the lamps off,even when a door is open.

H : Press to turn the lamps onautomatically when a door isopened.

' : Press to turn on the domelamps.

Reading Lamps

There are front reading lamps onthe overhead console.

# or$ : Press the button neareach lamp to turn it on or off.


150 Lighting

Lighting Features

Entry LightingIf equipped with automatic lightcontrol, some exterior lamps andmost of the interior lamps turn onbriefly at night or in areas withlimited lighting when the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter Kbutton is pressed. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation (Keyless Access) 0 31 orRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (Key Access)0 38. After about 30 seconds theexterior lamps turn off, then thedome lamps and remaining interiorlamps dim to off. Entry lighting canbe disabled manually by changingthe ignition out of the OFF position,or by pressing the RKE transmitterQ button.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 139.

Exit LightingIf equipped with automatic lightcontrol, some exterior lamps comeon at night, or in areas with limitedlighting, when the key is removedfrom the ignition. The dome lampsalso come on when the key isremoved from the ignition. Theexterior lamps and dome lampsremain on after the door is closedfor a set amount of time, thenautomatically turn off.

If equipped with Keyless Access,the exterior lamps automatically turnon when a door is opened after theignition is changed to the OFFposition. The dome lamps alsocome on after the ignition ischanged to the OFF position.See Ignition Positions (KeylessAccess) 0 171 or Ignition Positions(Key Access) 0 172.

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamps control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 139.

Battery Power ProtectionThe battery saver feature isdesigned to protect the vehicle'sbattery.

If some interior lamps are left onand the ignition is turned off, thebattery rundown protection systemautomatically turns the lamp off aftersome time.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition isturned off, if the parking lamps orheadlamps have been manually lefton. This protects against drainingthe battery. To restart the 10-minutetimer, turn the exterior lamp controlto the O position and then back to

the; or2 position.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be onor in ACC/ACCESSORY.


Infotainment System 151

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)

If equipped, ANC reduces enginenoise in the vehicle’s interior. ANCrequires the factory-installed audiosystem, radio, speakers, amplifier (ifequipped), induction system, andexhaust system to work properly.Deactivation is required by yourdealer if related aftermarketequipment is installed.


152 Climate Controls

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsClimate Control Systems . . . . . 152Automatic Climate ControlSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

MaintenancePassenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Climate Control Systems

The heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation for the vehicle can becontrolled with this system.

1. Fan Control



4. Defrost




8. Recirculation

9 : Turn to increase or decreasethe fan speed.

Temperature Control : Turn toincrease or decrease thetemperature.


Climate Controls 153

Air Delivery Mode Control : Pressto change the direction of theairflow. The indicator light in thebutton will turn on. The currentmode appears in the display screen.

To change the current mode, selectone of the following:

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

\ : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets and the floor outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.

- : Clears the windows of fog ormoisture. Air is directed to thewindshield and floor outlets.

0 : Clears the windshield of fog orfrost more quickly. Air is directed tothe windshield and side windowoutlets.

For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield beforedefrosting.

Do not drive the vehicle until allwindows are clear.

Air Conditioning

A/C : Press to turn the airconditioning on or off. If the fan isturned off or the outsidetemperature falls below freezing, theair conditioning compressor willnot work.

L : Press to turn on therecirculation. An indicator lightcomes on. Air is recirculated insidethe vehicle. It helps to quickly coolthe air inside the vehicle and reducethe entry of outside air and odors.

Auto Defog : The climate controlsystem has a sensor toautomatically detect high humidityinside the vehicle. When highhumidity is detected, the climatecontrol system may adjust tooutside air supply and turn on theair conditioner. If the climate controlsystem does not detect possiblewindow fogging, it returns to normaloperation. To turn Auto Defog off oron, see “Climate and Air Quality”under Vehicle Personalization0 139.

Rear Window Defogger

1 : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on.

The defogger only works when theignition is on. The defogger turns offif the ignition is off or in ACC/ACCESSORY.


If equipped with heated outsidemirrors, they turn on when the rearwindow defogger button is on andhelp to clear fog or frost from thesurface of the mirrors. See HeatedMirrors 0 52.

Caution

Do not use a razor blade or sharpobject to clear the inside rearwindow. Do not adhere anythingto the defogger grid lines in therear glass. These actions may

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

damage the rear defogger.Repairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

M or L : If equipped, press to turnthe heated seats on or off. SeeHeated Front Seats 0 62.

Sensors

The solar sensor, on top of theinstrument panel near thewindshield, monitors the solar heat.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

If the sensor is covered, the climatecontrol system may not workproperly.

Automatic Climate Control SystemIf equipped, the heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can becontrolled with this system.

1. Fan Control

2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)


4. Defrost

5. Temperature Control




9. Recirculation

10. Power

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle tothe desired temperature.



When AUTO is lit, all four functionsoperate automatically. Each functioncan also be manually set and thesetting is displayed. Functions notmanually set will continue to beautomatically controlled, even if theAUTO indicator is not lit.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Thenadjust the temperature asneeded for best comfort.

To improve fuel efficiency and tocool the vehicle faster, recirculationmay be automatically selected inwarm weather. The recirculationlight will not come on. Pressh toselect recirculation; press it again toselect outside air.

To change English units to metricunits, see “Cluster Menu” then“Units” under Instrument Cluster0 115.

Manual Operation

O : Press to turn the climate controlsystem on or off. When off isselected, the system will stop airfrom flowing into the cabin. If on isselected, any other button pressoccurs, or a knob is turned, theclimate control system will turn onand operate at the current setting.

Fan Control : Turn the knobclockwise or counterclockwise toincrease or decrease the fan speed.The selected fan speed is indicatedby a number on the display screen.Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation.

Air Delivery Mode Controls :Press to change the direction of theairflow. The indicator light in thebutton will turn on. The currentmode appears in the display screen.Automatic operation is canceled andmanual mode is initiated. PressAUTO to return to automaticoperation.

To change the current mode, selectone of the following:

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

\ : Air is divided between theinstrument panel outlets and thefloor outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.

- : Clears the windows of fog ormoisture. Air is directed to thewindshield and floor outlets.

0 : Clears the windshield of fog orfrost more quickly. Air is directed tothe windshield.

For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield beforedefrosting.


A/C : Press to turn the airconditioning on or off. If the fan isturned off or the outsidetemperature falls below freezing, theair conditioning will not work.



L : Press to turn onrecirculation. An indicator lightcomes on. Air is recirculated toquickly cool the inside of the vehicleand reduce the entry of outside airand odors.

Automatic Air Recirculation :When the AUTO indicator light ison, the air is automaticallyrecirculated as needed to helpquickly cool the inside of thevehicle.

Auto Defog : The climate controlsystem has a sensor toautomatically detect high humidityinside the vehicle. When highhumidity is detected, the climatecontrol system may adjust tooutside air supply and turn on theair conditioner. If the climate controlsystem does not detect possiblewindow fogging, it returns to normaloperation. To turn Auto Defog off oron, see “Climate and Air Quality”under Vehicle Personalization0 139.

Rear Window Defogger

= : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on.

The defogger only works when theignition is on. The defogger turns offif the ignition is off or in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The rear window defogger can beset to automatic operation. See“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 139.When Auto Rear Defog is selected,the rear window defogger turns onautomatically when the interiortemperature is cold and the outsidetemperature is about 5 °C (40 °F)and below. The auto rear defoggerturns off automatically. At higherspeeds, the rear window defoggermay stay on continuously.

If equipped with heated outsidemirrors, they turn on when the rearwindow defogger button is on andhelp to clear fog or frost from thesurface of the mirrors. See HeatedMirrors 0 52.

Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windshield and rear windowwith a razor blade or anythingelse that is sharp. This maydamage the rear windowdefogger grid and affect theradio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

M or L : If equipped, press to turnthe heated seats on or off. SeeHeated Front Seats 0 62.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation : If the vehicle isequipped with the remote vehiclestart feature, the climate controlsystem may run when the vehicle isstarted remotely with settingsaccording to ambient conditions.The rear defog may come on duringremote start based on cold ambientconditions. The rear defog indicatorlight does not come on during aremote start. If the vehicle has front



heated seats, they may come onduring a remote start. The heatedseat indicator lights do not come onduring a remote start. See RemoteVehicle Start 0 40 and Heated FrontSeats 0 62.

Sensors

The solar sensor, on top of theinstrument panel near thewindshield, monitors the solar heat.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

If the sensor is covered, theautomatic climate control systemmay not work properly.

Air VentsAdjustable air vents are in thecenter and on the side of theinstrument panel.

Move the slats (1) to change thedirection of the airflow.

Use the thumbwheels (2) near theair vents to open or close off theairflow.

Additional air vents are locatedbeneath the windshield, driver andpassenger side door windows, andin the footwells. These are fixed andcannot be adjusted.

Operation Tips

. Clear away any ice, snow,or leaves from air inlets at thebase of the windshield that couldblock the flow of air into thevehicle.

. Clear snow off the hood toimprove visibility and helpdecrease moisture drawn intothe vehicle.

. Keep the path under the frontseats clear of objects to helpcirculate the air inside of thevehicle more effectively.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.Check with your dealer beforeadding equipment to the outsideof the vehicle.



Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter reduces dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle.The filter should be replaced as partof routine scheduled maintenance.See Maintenance Schedule 0 325.

See your dealer regardingreplacement of the filter.

ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle. The refrigerant systemshould only be serviced by trainedand certified technicians. The airconditioning evaporator shouldnever be repaired or replaced byone from a salvage vehicle.It should only be replaced by a newevaporator to ensure proper andsafe operation.

During service, all refrigerantsshould be reclaimed with properequipment. Venting refrigerantsdirectly to the atmosphere is harmfulto the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite,or other health-based concerns.

The air conditioning system requiresperiodic maintenance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 325.


Driving and Operating 159

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDistracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 161Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 162Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 163Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 164Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 166Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 170Ignition Positions (KeylessAccess) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Ignition Positions (KeyAccess) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 174Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 181Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Diesel Particulate FilterDiesel Particulate Filter . . . . . . . 183

Diesel Exhaust FluidDiesel Exhaust Fluid . . . . . . . . . . 184

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 190Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

BrakesAntilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . 201Assistance Systems forParking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 202

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 210Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . 212

FuelTop Tier Fuel (Gasoline) . . . . . . 214Top Tier Fuel (Diesel) . . . . . . . . . 215Recommended Fuel(Gasoline) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Prohibited Fuels (Gasoline) . . . 215Fuels in Foreign Countries(Gasoline) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Fuel Additives (Gasoline) . . . . . 216


160 Driving and Operating

Fuel Additives (Diesel) . . . . . . . 216Fuel for Diesel Engines . . . . . . . 216Biodiesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Cold Weather Operation(Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Water in Fuel (Diesel) . . . . . . . . 219Running Out of Fuel(Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

Fuel Filter Replacement(Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Filling the Tank (Gasoline) . . . . 222Filling the Tank (Diesel) . . . . . . . 224Filling a Portable FuelContainer (Gasoline) . . . . . . . . 226

Filling a Portable FuelContainer (Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . 226

Trailer TowingGeneral TowingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Driving Information

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, keepyour eyes on the road, keep yourhands on the steering wheel, andfocus your attention on driving.

. Do not use a phone indemanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.



{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the infotainment section formore information on using thatsystem and the navigation system,if equipped, including pairing andusing a cell phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 66.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. Doing so could make thepedal harder to push down. If theengine stops, there will be somepower brake assist but it will beused when the brake is applied.



Once the power assist is used up, itcan take longer to stop and thebrake pedal will be harder to push.

Steering

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort.

If the steering assist is used for anextended period of time while thevehicle is not moving, power assistmay be reduced.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) allows steering whilebraking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.



3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road iswet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires 0 271.

. Turn off cruise control.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow thevehicle on a long downhill slopecan cause brake overheating, canreduce brake performance, andcould result in a loss of braking.Shift the transmission to a lowergear to let the engine assist thebrakes on a steep downhill slope.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. This can causeoverheating of the brakes andloss of steering assist. Alwayshave the engine running and thevehicle in gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.


Driving and Operating 165. Be alert on top of hills;

something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, crash).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long grades,passing or no-passing zones)and take appropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 °C (32 °F) whenfreezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 196.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) improves vehicle stabilityduring hard stops, but thebrakes should be applied soonerthan when on dry pavement.See Antilock Brake System(ABS) 0 195.

. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwiseclear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions

Stop the vehicle in a safe place andsignal for help. Stay with the vehicleunless there is help nearby.If possible, use RoadsideAssistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 346. To gethelp and keep everyone in thevehicle safe:


. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO), whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle sidethat is away from the wind,to bring in fresh air.


(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and setthe fan speed to the highestsetting. See “ClimateControl Systems.”

For more information about CO,see Engine Exhaust 0 182.

To save fuel, run the engine forshort periods to warm the vehicleand then shut the engine off andpartially close the window. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive,when running the engine, push theaccelerator pedal slightly so theengine runs faster than the idlespeed. This keeps the batterycharged to restart the vehicle and tosignal for help with the headlamps.Do this as little as possible, tosave fuel.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 196.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any traction

system. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a lowforward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in theforward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle 0 310.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle may



show how much weight it mayproperly carry: the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the vehicle's centerpillar (B-pillar). The Tire andLoading Information label showsthe number of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thetire size of the originalequipment tires (3) and therecommended cold tire inflationpressures (4). For moreinformation on tires and inflationsee Tires 0 271 and TirePressure 0 278.

There is also important loadinginformation on the Certificationlabel. It may show the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)and the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) for the front andrear axle. See “CertificationLabel” later in this section.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–1. Locate the statement "The

combined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.



2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred toyour vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

This vehicle is neither designednor intended to tow a trailer.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).



Example 2


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 113 kg (250 lbs).

Example 3


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 91 kg(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined

weight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certificationlabel is attached to the vehicle'scenter pillar (B-pillar). The labelmay show the gross weightcapacity of the vehicle, calledthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR). The GVWR includesthe weight of the vehicle, alloccupants, fuel, and cargo.



{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them asfar forward as possible.Try to spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

. Do not leave a seatfolded down unlessneeded.

Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-In

Caution

The vehicle does not need anelaborate break-in. But it willperform better in the long run ifyou follow these guidelines:

. Do not drive at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow,for the first 805 km (500 mi).Do not make full-throttlestarts. Avoid downshifting tobrake or slow the vehicle.

. Avoid making hard stops forthe first 322 km (200mi) orso. During this time the newbrake linings are not yetbroken in. Hard stops withnew linings can meanpremature wear and earlierreplacement. Follow this

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

breaking-in guideline everytime you get new brakelinings.

Following break-in, engine speedand load can be graduallyincreased.

Ignition Positions(Keyless Access)

The vehicle may be equipped withan electronic keyless ignition withpushbutton start.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle forthe system to operate. If thepushbutton start is not working, thevehicle may be near a strong radioantenna signal causing interferenceto the Keyless Access system.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (Keyless Access)0 31 or Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation (KeyAccess) 0 38.

To shift out of P (Park), the ignitionmust be turned on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, and the brake pedalmust be applied.

Stopping the Engine/OFF : Whenthe vehicle is stopped, pressENGINE START/STOP once to turnthe engine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 180.

If the vehicle is not in P (Park), theignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and the Driver

Information Center (DIC) will displaythe message SHIFT TO PARK.When the vehicle is shifted intoP (Park), the ignition system willswitch to OFF.

Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop. Shiftto P (Park). Press ENGINESTART/STOP.



4. Set the parking brake. SeeParking Brake 0 195.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thevehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled overand must be shut off while driving,press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than two seconds,or press twice in five seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY : This mode hasan amber light and allows someelectrical accessories to be usedwhen the engine is off.

With the ignition off, pressing thebutton one time without the brakepedal applied will place the ignitionsystem in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to OFF afterfive minutes to prevent batteryrundown.

ON/RUN/START : This mode has agreen light and is for starting theengine and driving. With the ignitionoff, and the brake or clutch pedalapplied, pressing the button oncewill place the ignition system in ON/RUN/START. Once engine crankingbegins, release the button. Enginecranking will continue until theengine starts. See Starting theEngine 0 174. The ignition will thenremain in ON/RUN.

Service Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding ENGINESTART/STOP for more thanfive seconds will place the vehicle inService Mode. The instruments andaudio systems will operate as they

do in ON/RUN, but the vehicle willnot be able to be driven. The enginewill not start in Service Mode. PressENGINE START/STOP again to turnthe vehicle off.

Ignition Positions (KeyAccess)

0. Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF

1. ACC/ACCESSORY

2. ON/RUN

3. START

The ignition switch has fourpositions.



To shift out of P (Park), the ignitionmust be in ON/RUN and the brakepedal must be applied.

0 (Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF) : This position turns off thevehicle. It also locks the ignition, thetransmission, and the steeringcolumn, if equipped with a lockingsteering column.

To turn off the vehicle:

1. Make sure that the vehicle isstopped.

2. Shift to P (Park).

3. Continue to hold the brakepedal, then set the parkingbrake. See Parking Brake0 195.

4. Push the key all the way in thesteering column (1), then turnthe key to LOCK/OFF (2).

5. Remove the key.

6. Release the brake pedal.

See your dealer if the key can beremoved in any other position.

Retained Accessory Power (RAP)will remain active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 180.

A warning chime will sound whenthe driver door is opened and thekey is in the ignition.

If equipped with a locking steeringcolumn, the steering can bind withthe front wheels turned off center,which may prevent key rotation outof LOCK/OFF. If this happens, movethe steering wheel from right to leftwhile turning the key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this does not work,then the vehicle needs service.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, turn off the vehicleonly in an emergency.

In an emergency, if the vehiclecannot be pulled over and must beturned off while driving:

1. Push the key all the way intoward the steering column,then turn the key to ACC/ACCESSORY.

2. Brake using firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

3. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. Continuebraking and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

4. Come to a complete stop.



5. Shift to P (Park) with anautomatic transmission,or Neutral with a manualtransmission.

6. Continue to hold the brakepedal, then set the parkingbrake. See Parking Brake0 195.

7. Push the key all the way intoward the steering column,then turn the ignition toLOCK/OFF.

8. Remove the key.

9. Release the brake pedal.

Caution

Use the correct key, make sure itis all the way in — or pushed allthe way in toward the steeringcolumn when turning off thevehicle — and turn it only withyour hand.

1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : Thisposition allows features such as theinfotainment system to operate

while the vehicle is off. It alsounlocks the steering column,if equipped with a locking steeringcolumn. Use this position if thevehicle must be pushed or towed.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 180.

From ON/RUN, push the key all theway in toward the steering column,then turn the key to ACC/ACCESSORY.

If the key is left in ACC/ACCESSORY with the engine off,the battery could drain and thevehicle may not start.

A warning chime will sound whenthe driver door is opened and thekey is in the ignition.

2 (ON/RUN) : This position can beused to operate the electricalaccessories and to display someinstrument cluster warning andindicator lights. This position canalso be used for service anddiagnostics, and to verify the properoperation of the malfunctionindicator lamp as may be requiredfor emission inspection purposes.

The switch stays in this positionwhen the engine is running. Thetransmission is also unlocked in thisposition.

If the key is left in ON/RUN with theengine off, the battery could drainand the vehicle may not start.

3 (START) : This is the position thatstarts the engine. When the enginestarts, release the key. The ignitionreturns to ON/RUN for driving.

Starting the EnginePlace the transmission in theproper gear.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On Electrical Equipment0 227.



Move the shift lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). To restart the vehiclewhen it is already moving, useN (Neutral) only.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Gasoline Engine StartingProcedure (Key Access)

1. With your foot off theaccelerator pedal, turn theignition key to START. Whenthe engine starts, let go of thekey. The idle speed will godown as the engine warms. Donot race the engineimmediately after starting it.Allow the oil to warm up andlubricate all moving parts.

Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by returning theignition to the START positionimmediately after cranking hasended, can overheat and damagethe cranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to let thecranking motor cool down.

2. If the engine does not startafter five to 10 seconds,especially in very cold weather(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it couldbe flooded with too muchgasoline. Push the acceleratorpedal all the way to the floorand hold it there as you holdthe key in START for amaximum of 15 seconds. Waitat least 15 seconds betweeneach try, to allow the crankingmotor to cool. When the enginestarts, let go of the key andaccelerator. If the vehicle startsbriefly but then stops again,

repeat the procedure. Thisclears the extra gasoline fromthe engine. Do not race theengine immediately afterstarting it. Operate the engineand transmission gently untilthe oil warms up and lubricatesall moving parts.

Gasoline Engine StartingProcedure (Keyless Access)

1. With the Keyless Accesssystem, the RKE transmittermust be in the vehicle. PressENGINE START/STOP with thebrake pedal applied. When theengine begins cranking, let goof the button.

The idle speed will go down asthe engine gets warm. Do notrace the engine immediatelyafter starting it. Operate theengine and transmission gentlyuntil the oil warms up andlubricates all moving parts.



If the RKE transmitter is not inthe vehicle, if there isinterference, or if the RKEbattery is low, a DriverInformation Center (DIC)message will display. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) 0 132 or DriverInformation Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 135 and RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation (Keyless Access)0 31 or Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation (KeyAccess) 0 38.

Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by returning theignition to the START positionimmediately after cranking hasended, can overheat and damagethe cranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to let thecranking motor cool down.

2. If the engine does not startafter five to 10 seconds,especially in very cold weather(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it couldbe flooded with too muchgasoline. Try pushing theaccelerator pedal all the way tothe floor and holding it there asyou press ENGINE START/STOP, for up to a maximum of15 seconds. Wait at least15 seconds between each try,to allow the cranking motor tocool down. When the enginestarts, let go of the button andthe accelerator. If the vehiclestarts briefly but then stopsagain, do the same thing. Thisclears the extra gasoline fromthe engine. Do not race theengine immediately afterstarting it. Operate the engineand transmission gently untilthe oil warms up and lubricatesall moving parts.

Diesel Engine Starting Procedure

The diesel engine starts differentlythan a gasoline engine.

1. With the Keyless Accesssystem, the RKE transmittermust be in the vehicle.Observe the wait-to-start light.See Wait-to-Start Light 0 129.This light may not come on ifthe engine is warm.

2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button with the brakepedal applied to START. Thestart will be delayed if thewait-to-start lamp is illuminated.

The engine has a fast warm-upglow plug system. Thewait-to-start light will illuminatefor a much shorter time thanmost diesel engines, due to therapid heating of the glow plugsystem.

Caution

If the wait-to-start light stays onafter starting the vehicle, thevehicle may not run properly.Have the vehicle servicedright away.



3. If the engine does not startafter 15 seconds of cranking,wait one minute for the starterto cool, then try the same stepsagain.

If you are trying to start the engineafter you have run out of fuel, followthe steps in Running Out of Fuel(Diesel) 0 221.

When the engine is cold, let it runfor a few minutes before you movethe vehicle. This lets oil pressurebuild up. The engine will soundlouder when it is cold.

Cold Weather Starting (DieselEngine)

The following tips will help with coldweather starting.

Use the recommended engine oilwhen the outside temperature dropsbelow freezing. See Engine Oil0 237. When the outsidetemperature drops below –18°C(0°F), use of the engine heater isrecommended.

See Fuel for Diesel Engines 0 216for information on what fuel to use incold weather.

If the Diesel Engine Will NotStart

If you have run out of fuel, seeRunning Out of Fuel (Diesel) 0 221.

If the vehicle is not out of fuel, andthe engine will not start, do this:

Turn the ignition on. Immediatelyafter the wait-to-start light goes off,press ENGINE START/STOP.

If the light does not go off, wait afew seconds, then try starting theengine again. See your dealer for astarting system check.

If the light comes on and then goesoff, and it is known that the batteriesare charged, but the engine still willnot start, the vehicle needs service.

If the light does not come on whenthe engine is cold, the vehicleneeds service.

If the batteries do not have enoughcharge to start the engine, seeBattery - North America 0 251.

Check that the correct engine oilhas been used and changed atappropriate intervals. If the wrong oilis used, the engine may be harderto start.

Be sure you are using the properfuel for existing weather conditions.See Fuel for Diesel Engines 0 216.

If the engine starts, runs a shorttime, then stops, the vehicle needsservice.

{ Warning

Do not use gasoline or startingaids, such as ether, in the airintake. They could damage theengine, which may not becovered by the vehicle warranty.They could also cause a fire,which could cause seriouspersonal injury.



Stop/Start SystemThis vehicle has a Stop/Startsystem to shut off the engine to helpconserve fuel. It has componentsdesigned for the increased numberof starts.

{ Warning

The automatic engine Stop/Startfeature causes the engine to shutoff while the vehicle is still on. Donot exit the vehicle before shiftingto P (Park). The vehicle mayrestart and move unexpectedly.Always shift to P (Park), and thenturn the ignition off before exitingthe vehicle.

Auto Engine Stop/Start

When the brakes are applied andthe vehicle is at a complete stop,the engine may turn off. Whenstopped, the tachometer displaysAUTO STOP. See Tachometer0 119. When the brake pedal isreleased or the accelerator pedal ispressed, the engine will restart.

To maintain vehicle performance,other conditions may cause theengine to automatically restartbefore the brake pedal is released.

Auto Stops may not occur and/orauto restarts may occur because:

. The climate control settingsrequire the engine to be runningto cool or heat the vehicleinterior.

. The vehicle battery chargeis low.

. The vehicle battery has recentlybeen disconnected.

. Minimum vehicle speed has notbeen reached since the lastAuto Stop.

. The accelerator pedal ispressed.

. The engine or transmission isnot at the required operatingtemperature.

. The outside temperature is notin the required operating range.

. The vehicle is in any gear otherthan D (Drive).

. Tow/Haul Mode or other drivermodes have been selected.

. The vehicle is on a steep hill orgrade.

. The driver door has beenopened or the driver seat belthas been unbuckled.

. The hood has been opened.

. The Auto Stop has reached themaximum allowed time.

Auto Stop Disable

If equipped, the automatic engineStop/Start feature can be disabledand enabled by pressing the button



with theh symbol. Auto Stop isenabled each time you start thevehicle.

Whenh is illuminated, the systemis enabled.

Engine HeaterIf equipped, the gasoline engineblock heater and diesel engine oilpan heater can help in cold weatherconditions at or below −18 °C (0 °F)for easier starting and better fueleconomy during engine warm-up.Plug in the heater at least four hoursbefore starting the vehicle.A thermostat that is part of the blockheater cord will prevent engineblock heater operation attemperatures above −18 °C (0 °F).

{ Warning

Do not plug in the engine blockheater while the vehicle is parkedin a garage or under a carport.Property damage or personal

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

injury may result. Always park thevehicle in a clear open area awayfrom buildings or structures.

To Use the Heater

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Open the hood and unwrap theelectrical cord. For gasolineengines, the electrical cord ison the passenger side of theengine compartment betweenthe headlamp and the aircleaner. For diesel engines, theelectrical cord is on the driverside of the engine compartmentnear the fuse box.

3. Check the heater cord fordamage. If it is damaged, donot use it. See your dealer fora replacement. Inspect thecord for damage yearly.

4. Plug it into a normal, grounded110-volt AC outlet.

5. Before starting the engine, besure to unplug and store thecord as it was before to keep itaway from moving engineparts. If you do not it could bedamaged.

{ Warning

Improper use of the heater cordor an extension cord can damagethe cord and may result inoverheating and fire.

. Plug the cord into athree-prong electrical utilityreceptacle that is protectedby a ground fault detectionfunction. An ungroundedoutlet could cause anelectric shock.

. Use a weatherproof,heavy-duty, 15 amp-ratedextension cord if needed.Failure to use therecommended extensioncord in good operatingcondition, or using a

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

damaged heater orextension cord, could makeit overheat and cause a fire,property damage, electricshock, and injury.

. Do not operate the vehiclewith the heater cordpermanently attached to thevehicle. Possible heatercord and thermostatdamage could occur.

. While in use, do not let theheater cord touch vehicleparts or sharp edges. Neverclose the hood on theheater cord.

. Before starting the vehicle,unplug the cord, reattachthe cover to the plug, andsecurely fasten the cord.Keep the cord away fromany moving parts.

The length of time the heater shouldremain plugged in depends onseveral factors. Ask a dealer in thearea where you will be parking thevehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)Some vehicle accessories may beused after the ignition is turned off.

The power windows and sunroof,if equipped, will continue to work forup to 10 minutes or until any door isopened.

The infotainment system willcontinue to work for 10 minutes,until the driver door is opened,or until the ignition is turned on orplaced in ACC/ACCESSORY.

Shifting Into Park1. Hold the brake pedal down and

set the parking brake.

See Parking Brake 0 195.

2. Hold the button on the shiftlever and push the lever towardthe front of the vehicle intoP (Park).


Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 180.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, the vehicle mustbe in P (Park) and the parkingbrake set.

Release the button and check thatthe shift lever cannot be moved outof P (Park).

Torque Lock

Torque lock is when the weight ofthe vehicle puts too much force onthe parking pawl in thetransmission. This happens whenparking on a hill and shifting thetransmission into P (Park) is notdone properly and then it is difficultto shift out of P (Park). To preventtorque lock, set the parking brakeand then shift into P (Park). To findout how, see “Shifting Into Park”listed previously.

If torque lock does occur, thevehicle may need to be pusheduphill by another vehicle to relievethe parking pawl pressure, so youcan shift out of P (Park).

Shifting out of ParkThis vehicle is equipped with anautomatic transmission shift lockcontrol system. The shift lock isdesigned to:

. Prevent ignition key removalunless the shift lever is inP (Park) with the shift leverbutton fully released.

. Prevent movement of the shiftlever out of P (Park) unless theignition is on and the brakepedal is applied.

The shift lock release is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9-volt) battery.

If the vehicle has an unchargedbattery or a battery with low voltage,try charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 307.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN orService Mode.

3. Press the shift lever button.

4. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If still unable to shift out of P (Park):

1. Fully release the shift leverbutton.

2. Hold the brake pedal down andpress the shift lever buttonagain.

3. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If the shift lever still cannot bemoved from P (Park), see yourdealer.

This vehicle may have the Seat BeltAssurance System, which mayprevent the vehicle from shifting outof P (Park). See Seat Belts 0 66.



Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.

Extended ParkingIt is best not to park with the vehiclerunning. If the vehicle is left running,be sure it will not move and there isadequate ventilation.

See Shifting Into Park 0 180 andEngine Exhaust 0 182.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the RKE transmitteroutside the vehicle, it will continueto run for up to half an hour.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the RKE transmitterinside the vehicle, it will continue torun for up to an hour.

The vehicle could turn off sooner if itis parked on a hill, due to lack ofavailable fuel.

The timer will reset if the vehicle istaken out of P (Park) while it isrunning.

Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO), which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,deep snow that may blockunderbody airflow or tailpipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified,damaged, or improperlyrepaired.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.

Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps tobe sure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park 0 180 andEngine Exhaust 0 182.

Diesel ParticulateFilterThe Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)filters soot particles out of theexhaust gases. The system includesa self-cleaning function that runsautomatically during driving withoutany notification. The filter is cleanedby periodically burning off the sootparticles at high temperature. Thisprocess takes place automaticallyand may take up to 20 minutes.Fuel consumption may be higherduring this period.

Under certain driving conditions,such as short distances, the systemcannot clean itself automatically.If the cleaning of the filter is requiredand if previous driving conditions didnot enable automatic cleaning, awarning message appears in theDriver Information Center (DIC).Start the cleaning process as soonas possible.



Cleaning Process

To activate the cleaning process,continue driving safely, and keepvehicle speed above 41 km/h(25 mph) until the warning messagein the DIC clears.

If the vehicle continues to be drivenwith the DPF warning message on,and the exhaust filter is not cleanedas required, the malfunctionindicator lamp and the ENGINEPOWER IS REDUCED messagewill come on and dealer service isnecessary. See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 124.

{ Warning

During DPF self cleaning orduring extended idling whileparked, the exhaust system andexhaust gases are very hot.Things that burn could touch hotexhaust parts under the vehicleand ignite. You or others could beburned. Do not park, or idle for anextended period of time, near orover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.Keep the exhaust area clear ofmaterial that could ignite or burn.See Parking over Things ThatBurn 0 182 for more information.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid

{ Warning

Avoid getting Diesel ExhaustFluid (DEF) on your skin or inyour eyes as it could causeirritation. For more safety,handling, and storage information,see the Diesel Exhaust Fluidcontainer label.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) is usedwith diesel engines to reduce theamount of regulated emissionsproduced. Products such as AdBlueare types of DEF, and are approvedfor use in the vehicle as long asthey have an API certification labelor meet ISO 22241.The fluid level inthe DEF tank must be maintainedfor the vehicle to run properly. DEFis not a fuel additive. DEF shouldnot be mixed with or added to dieselfuel. DEF freezes when exposed totemperatures below −11 °C (12 ° F).



It is normal to hear the DEF systempurge fluid back into the tank afterthe vehicle is shut off.

Locating Diesel Exhaust Fluid

DEF can be purchased at yourdealer. It can also be purchased atauthorized vehicle and truckdealerships. Additionally, somediesel truck fueling stations orretailers may have DEF forpurchase. For vehicles with anactive OnStar or connected servicesplan, OnStar can help to locate aDEF retailer. See CustomerAssistance Offices 0 344 for phonenumbers to assist in contacting aGM dealer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 334 andCapacities and Specifications 0 339.

Filling the DEF Tank

Caution

Use only DEF that is GMapproved, or fluid containing theAPI certified or ISO 22241 label.The use of other fluids could

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

damage the system, requiringcostly repairs that will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Do not mix fuel with DEF, and donot put DEF in the fuel tank. Thiscould lead to costly repairs thatmight not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

It is recommended to fill the DEFtank on level ground and when thevehicle is not running. When addingfluid, it is recommended to fill theDEF tank.

Caution

Do not overfill the DEF tank anddo not allow DEF to contact thefinished surfaces of the vehicle,

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

as it could damage the vehiclefinish. If DEF is spilled duringfilling, wipe any affected surfacewith a damp cloth.

Do not top off the DEF tank. If usinga bottle or jug to refill DEF, followthe instructions on the containerlabel and use a dedicated fill aid.

In certain cold conditions, it ispossible to find some frozen DEF inthe DEF fill pipe opening. If thiscondition prevents the filling of aDEF tank, place the vehicle in awarm garage overnight.

For information on how to fill theDEF tank, see Filling the Tank(Gasoline) 0 222 or Filling the Tank(Diesel) 0 224.



Exhaust Fluid Low

A full DEF tank will last for severalthousand kilometers (miles),depending on vehicle usage. As theexhaust fluid level drops, warningswill automatically be displayed in theDIC. Exhaust fluid level status isavailable on the DIC under theVehicle Information menu. See“Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Level”in Driver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) 0 132 or DriverInformation Center (DIC) (Uplevel)0 135.

To avoid vehicle speed limitations,the DEF tank should be refilled atthe first opportunity after a lowwarning indication. If DEF is addedbefore the EXHAUST FLUIDEMPTY REFILL NOW messageappears, it may take several km/mifor the DIC message to update.

If the vehicle speed has beenlimited and DEF has been added, itmay take up to 30 seconds afterengine start with the vehiclestopped for the EXHAUST FLUIDEMPTY REFILL NOW message toclear. If the vehicle is driven prior to

the DIC message clearing, thevehicle speed will still be limited.If the DIC message clears whiledriving, the speed limitation will beremoved gradually.

If DEF is added under freezingconditions, additional time may berequired to remove speed limitationsand may require less fluid to fill theDEF tank.

The following actions describestrategies required by the U.S.Environmental Protection Agency(EPA) and the California AirResource Board (CARB). The DEFmessages relate to these strategies.

The DIC message EXHAUSTFLUID RANGE: XXXX km (mi)displays at approximately 1 600 km(1,000 mi) of fluid range remaining.This message appears again atapproximately 500 km (300mi) ofremaining range before the DEFtank becomes empty.

Below 500 km (300 mi) of rangeremaining, these messages willappear every time the vehicle isstarted.

Below 121 km (75 mi) of rangeremaining, the DIC messageEXHAUST FLUID LOW SPEEDLIMITED SOON displays. Thismessage will display every time thevehicle is started.

If these warnings are ignored andthe DEF tank becomes empty, theDIC message EXHAUST FLUIDEMPTY REFILL NOW - 644 KM(400 MI) UNTIL 104 KM/H (65 MPH)MAX SPEED displays. Thedisplayed mileage will decrease asdriving continues. A warning lightalso comes on.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message EXHAUSTFLUID EMPTY REFILL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 104 KM/H(65 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A warning light and a chime alsocome on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 104 km/h (65 mph).



After the transition to 104 km/h(65 mph) is complete, the DICmessage EXHAUST FLUID EMPTYREFILL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 104 KM/H (65 MPH) – 120 KM(75 MI) UNTIL 88 KM/H (55 MPH)MAX SPEED displays. Thedisplayed mileage will decrease asdriving continues. A warning lightand a chime also come on.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message EXHAUSTFLUID EMPTY REFILL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 88 KM/H(55 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A flashing warning light and a chimealso come on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 88 km/h (55 mph).

After the transition to 89 km/h(55 mph) is complete, the DICmessage EXHAUST FLUID EMPTYREFILL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 88 KM/H (55 MPH) – 120 KM(75 MI) UNTIL 7 KM/H (4 MPH) MAXSPEED displays. The displayedmileage will decrease as drivingcontinues. A flashing warning lightand a chime also come on.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message EXHAUSTFLUID EMPTY REFILL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 7 KM/H(4 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A flashing warning light and a chimealso come on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 7 km/h (4 mph).

After the transition to 7 km/h (4 mph)is complete, the DIC messageEXHAUST FLUID EMPTY REFILLNOW - SPEED LIMITED TO 7 KM/H(4 MPH) displays. A flashingwarning light and a chime alsocome on.

Add at least 7.6 L (2 gal) of fluid torelease the vehicle from speedlimitation from a very low orempty tank.

See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)Warning Light 0 130, andRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 334.

Exhaust Fluid Quality Poor

Use only exhaust fluid that is GMapproved, or fluid containing the APIcertified or ISO 22241 label.

All DEF has an expiration date.If the system detects poor quality,or contaminated or diluted DEF, theDIC message EXHAUST FLUIDQUALITY POOR - SEE OWNERSMANUAL NOW – 160 KM (99 MI)UNTIL 104 KM/H (65 MPH) MAXSPEED displays. The displayedmileage will decrease as drivingcontinues. A warning light alsocomes on. Adding fresh DEF to thesystem may resolve the problem,depending on several factors. If theDIC message persists, see yourdealer or additional DIC messagesmay display.

When the mileage countdown iszero, a DIC message EXHAUSTFLUID QUALITY POOR - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 104 KM/H(65 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A warning light and a chime alsocome on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 104 km/h (65 mph).



After the transition to 104 km/h(65 mph) is complete, the DICmessage EXHAUST FLUIDQUALITY POOR - SEE OWNERSMANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 104 KM/H (65 MPH) – 120 KM(75 MI) UNTIL 89 KM/H (55 MPH)MAX SPEED displays. Thedisplayed mileage will decrease asdriving continues. A warning lightand a chime also come on.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message EXHAUSTFLUID QUALITY POOR - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 88 KM/H(55 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A flashing warning light and a chimealso come on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 88 km/h (55 mph).

After the transition to 88 km/h(55 mph) is complete, a DICmessage EXHAUST FLUIDQUALITY POOR - SEE OWNERSMANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 88 KM/H (55 MPH) – 120 KM(75 MI) UNTIL 7 KM/H (4 MPH) MAXSPEED displays. The displayed

mileage will decrease as drivingcontinues. A flashing warning lightand a chime also come on.

When the mileage countdown iszero, a DIC message EXHAUSTFLUID QUALITY POOR - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 7 KM/H(4 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A flashing warning light and a chimealso come on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 7 km/h (4 mph).

After the transition to 7 km/h (4 mph)is complete, a DIC messageEXHAUST FLUID QUALITY POOR- SEE OWNERS MANUAL NOW -SPEED LIMITED TO 7 KM/H(4 MPH) displays. A flashingwarning light and a chime alsocome on.

Service Exhaust Fluid System

If a problem occurs with the DEFsystem, the DIC message SERVICEEXHAUST FLUID SYSTEM - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW – 160 KM(99 MI) UNTIL 104 KM/H (65 MPH)MAX SPEED displays. The

displayed mileage will decrease asdriving continues. A warning lightalso comes on. In some cases thismessage will clear itself, indicatingthat the DEF system was able tocorrect the condition. If the DICmessage persists, see your dealeror additional DIC messages maydisplay.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message SERVICEEXHAUST FLUID SYSTEM - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 104 KM/H(65 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A warning light and a chime alsocome on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 104 km/h (65 mph).

After the transition to 104 km/h(65 mph) is complete, a DICmessage SERVICE EXHAUSTFLUID SYSTEM - SEE OWNERSMANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 104 KM/H (65 MPH) – 120 KM(75 MI) UNTIL 88 KM/H (55 MPH)MAX SPEED displays. The



displayed mileage will decrease asdriving continues. A warning lightand a chime also come on.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message SERVICEEXHAUST FLUID SYSTEM - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 88 KM/H(55 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A flashing warning light and a chimealso come on. Vehicle speed will bereduced down to a maximum speedlimit of 88 km/h (55 mph).

After the transition to 88 km/h(55 mph) is complete, the DICmessage SERVICE EXHAUSTFLUID SYSTEM - SEE OWNERSMANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 88 KM/H (55 MPH) – 120 KM(75 MI) UNTIL 7 KM/H (4 MPH) MAXSPEED displays. The displayedmileage will decrease as drivingcontinues. A flashing warning lightand a chime also come on.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message SERVICEEXHAUST FLUID SYSTEM - SEE

OWNERS MANUAL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 7 KM/H(4 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A flashing warning light and a chimealso come on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 7 km/h (4 mph).

After the transition to 7 km/h (4 mph)is complete, the DIC messageSERVICE EXHAUST FLUIDSYSTEM - SEE OWNERSMANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 7 KM/H (4 MPH) displays.A flashing warning light and a chimealso come on.

Service Emission System

If a problem occurs with the vehicleemission system, the DIC messageSERVICE EMISSION SYSTEM -SEE OWNERS MANUAL NOW –282 KM (175 MI) UNTIL 104 KM/H(65 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.The displayed mileage will decreaseas driving continues. In some casesthis message will clear itself,indicating that the emission systemwas able to correct the condition.

If the DIC message persists, seeyour dealer or additional DICmessages may display.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message SERVICEEMISSION SYSTEM - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 104 KM/H(65 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A chime also comes on. Vehiclespeed will be reduced to amaximum speed limit of 104 km/h(65 mph).

After the transition to 104 km/h(65 mph) is complete, the DICmessage SERVICE EMISSIONSYSTEM - SEE OWNERSMANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 104 KM/H (65 MPH) – 120 KM(75 MI) UNTIL 88 KM/H (55 MPH)MAX SPEED displays. Thedisplayed mileage will decrease asdriving continues. A chime alsocomes on.



When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message SERVICEEMISSION SYSTEM - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 88 KM/H(55 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A chime also comes on. Vehiclespeed will be reduced to amaximum speed limit of 88 km/h(55 mph).

After the transition to 88 km/h(55 mph) is complete, the DICmessage SERVICE EMISSIONSYSTEM - SEE OWNERSMANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 88 KM/H (55 MPH) displays.A chime also comes on.

AutomaticTransmissionThe selected gear is also shown inthe instrument cluster.

P : This position locks the drivewheels. Use P (Park) when startingthe engine because the vehiclecannot move easily.

{ Warning


Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 180.

Make sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting the engine.The vehicle has an automatictransmission shift lock controlsystem. The regular brake must befully applied first and then the shiftlever button pressed before shiftingfrom P (Park) when the ignition ison. If you cannot shift out ofP (Park), ease pressure on the shiftlever, then push the shift lever all



the way into P (Park) as youmaintain brake application. Thenpress the shift lever button andmove the shift lever into anothergear. See Shifting out of Park 0 181.

R : Use this gear to back up.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

To rock the vehicle back and forth toget out of snow, ice, or sand withoutdamaging the transmission, see Ifthe Vehicle Is Stuck 0 166.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart the engine when the vehicleis already moving, useN (Neutral) only.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

D : This position is for normaldriving. It provides the best fueleconomy. If more power is neededfor passing, and the vehicle is:

. Going less than 56 km/h(35 mph), push the acceleratorpedal about halfway down.

. Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) ormore, push the accelerator allthe way down.

Caution

If the vehicle does not shift gears,the transmission could bedamaged. Have the vehicleserviced right away.

Caution

A transmission hot message maydisplay if the automatictransmission fluid is too hot.Driving under this condition candamage the vehicle. Stop and idle

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

the engine to cool the automatictransmission fluid. This messageclears when the transmission fluidhas cooled sufficiently.

L : Electronic Range Select (ERS)or Manual Mode allows for theselection of the range of gearpositions. See Manual Mode 0 194.

Operating Modes

The transmission may operate in alower gear. The engine speed maybe higher and there may be anincrease in noise during thefollowing conditions:

. When climbing a grade.

. When driving downhill.

. When driving in hottemperatures or at high altitude.

Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT)

The CVT is electronically controlledto produce maximum power andsmooth operation. A display in theinstrument cluster indicates theselected range.

P : This position locks the drivewheels. Use P (Park) when startingthe engine because the vehiclecannot move easily.

{ Warning


Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 180.

Make sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting the engine.The vehicle has a shift lock releasecontrol. The brake pedal must befully applied, and the shift leverbutton must be pressed beforeshifting from P (Park) while theignition key is on. If the transmissionwill not shift out of P (Park), easepressure on the shift lever and pushthe shift lever all the way into



P (Park) while maintaining brakeapplication. Then move the shiftlever into another gear. See Shiftingout of Park 0 181.

R : Use this gear to back up.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

To rock the vehicle back and forth toget out of snow, ice, or sand withoutdamaging the transmission, see Ifthe Vehicle Is Stuck 0 166.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart the engine when the vehicleis already moving, useN (Neutral) only.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

Caution

A transmission hot message maydisplay if the automatictransmission fluid is too hot.Driving under this condition candamage the vehicle. Stop and idlethe engine to cool the automatictransmission fluid. This messageclears when the transmission fluidhas cooled sufficiently.

D : This position is for normaldriving. If more power is needed forpassing, press the acceleratorpedal down.

L : This position reduces vehiclespeed without using the brakes byusing the braking effect of enginecompression. It can help controlvehicle speed going down steephills, on long downhill grades, or onmountain roads, along with usingthe brakes off and on. This mayprolong the life of the brake linings.



In the event of a fault, themalfunction indicator lampilluminates. See your dealer forrepairs.

Manual Mode

Driver Shift Control (DSC)

Driver Shift Control (DSC) allows theautomatic transmission to be shiftedsimilar to a manual transmission.

Electronic Range Select (ERS) orManual Mode allows the range ofgear positions to be selected. Usethis mode when driving downhill orto limit the top gear and vehiclespeed. The shift position indicator inthe Driver Information Center (DIC)will display a number next to the L.This indicates the highest availablegear under Manual Mode.

To use:

1. Move the shift lever to L (Low).

2. Press + (plus) or − (minus) onthe shift lever to increase ordecrease the available gearrange.

When shifting to L (Low), thetransmission will shift to a presetlower gear range. For this presetrange, the highest gear available isdisplayed next to the L in the DIC.See Driver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) 0 132 or DriverInformation Center (DIC) (Uplevel)0 135.

All gears below that number areavailable to use.

While using ERS, cruise control canbe used.

The transmission will not allowshifting to the next lower gear if thevehicle speed or engine rpm istoo high.

If vehicle speed is not reducedwithin the time allowed, the lowergear range shift will not becompleted. Slow the vehicle, thenpress − (minus) to the desired lowergear range.

Second Gear Start Feature

When accelerating the vehicle froma stop in snowy and icy conditions,you may want to shift into2 (Second) gear. A higher gearallows you to gain more traction onslippery surfaces.

With the DSC feature, the vehiclecan be set to pull away in2 (Second) gear.

1. Move the shift lever fromD (Drive) to L (Low).

2. With the vehicle stopped, pressthe + (plus) end of the button toselect 2 (Second) gear. Thevehicle will start from a stopposition in 2 (Second) gear.

3. Once moving, select thedesired drive gear.



Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has an Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS), an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When the vehicle begins to driveaway, ABS checks itself.A momentary motor or clicking noisemay be heard while this test is goingon, and it may even be noticed thatthe brake pedal moves a little. Thisis normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Light0 126.

If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking toavoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses the wheels areslowing down. If one of the wheelsis about to stop rolling, the computerwill separately work the brakes ateach wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpyou steer around the obstacle whilebraking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You may hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate. This isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows you to steer and brakeat the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Parking Brake



With the brake pedal applied, pushthe parking brake pedal down. SeeShifting Into Park 0 180.

If the ignition is on, the brakesystem warning light will come on.See Brake System Warning Light0 126.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

To release the parking brake, holdthe regular brake pedal down, thenpush down momentarily on theparking brake pedal until you feelthe pedal release. Slowly pull yourfoot up off the parking brake pedal.If the parking brake is not releasedwhen you begin to drive, the brakesystem warning light will be on anda chime will sound warning you thatthe parking brake is still on.

Brake AssistThe Brake Assist feature isdesigned to assist the driver instopping or decreasing vehiclespeed in emergency drivingconditions. This feature uses thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module to supplement thepower brake system underconditions where the driver hasquickly and forcefully applied thebrake pedal in an attempt to quicklystop or slow down the vehicle. Thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module increases brakepressure at each corner of thevehicle until the ABS activates.Minor brake pedal pulsation orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the driver shouldcontinue to apply the brake pedal asthe driving situation dictates. TheBrake Assist feature willautomatically disengage when thebrake pedal is released or brakepedal pressure is quicklydecreased.

Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl

System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC).These systems help limit wheel slipand assist the driver in maintainingcontrol, especially on slippery roadconditions.

TCS activates if it senses that anyof the drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, TCS applies the brakes tothe spinning wheels and reducesengine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak/ESC activates when thevehicle senses a difference betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually traveling.StabiliTrak/ESC selectively appliesbraking pressure to any one of the



vehicle wheel brakes to assist thedriver in keeping the vehicle on theintended path.

If cruise control is being used andtraction control or StabiliTrak/ESCbegins to limit wheel spin, cruisecontrol will disengage. Cruisecontrol may be turned back on whenroad conditions allow.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 166and “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.

The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin

. Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC isactivated

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), andd comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes onand stays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On

The button for TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC is on the center console.

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.



To turn off only TCS, press andrelease g. The traction off light idisplays in the instrument cluster. Toturn TCS on again, press andrelease g. The traction off light idisplayed in the instrument clusterwill turn off.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin when gis pressed, the system will not turnoff until the wheels stop spinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, press and hold g until the

traction off light i and StabiliTrak/

ESC OFF light g come on and stayon in the instrument cluster. To turnTCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on again,press and release g. The traction

off light i and StabiliTrak/ESC OFF

light g in the instrument clusterturn off.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle performance. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 231.

Cruise ControlCruise control lets the vehiclemaintain a speed of about 40 km/h(25 mph) or more without keepingyour foot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

With the Traction Control System(TCS) or StabiliTrak/ElectronicStability Control (ESC), the systemmay begin to limit wheel spin whileyou are using cruise control. If thishappens, cruise control willautomatically disengage. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 196. If a collision alertoccurs when cruise control isactivated, cruise control isdisengaged. See Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) System 0 204. Whenroad conditions allow you to safelyuse it again, cruise control can beturned back on.

If the brakes are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.



5 : Press to turn the cruise controlsystem on and off. A white indicatorcomes on in the instrument clusterwhen cruise is turned on.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

+RES : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume thatspeed or press and hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed.

−SET : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already active,use to decrease vehicle speed.

Setting Cruise Control

If5 is on when not in use, -SET or+RES could get bumped and go intocruise when not desired. Keep 5off when cruise is not being used.

To set a speed:

1. Press5 to turn the cruisesystem on.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release -SET. Thedesired set speed brieflyappears in the instrumentcluster.

4. Remove your foot from theaccelerator pedal.

The cruise control indicator on theinstrument cluster turns green aftercruise control has been set to thedesired speed. See InstrumentCluster 0 115.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied or* is pressed, cruisecontrol is disengaged withouterasing the set speed from memory.

Once the vehicle speed reachesabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,briefly press +RES. The vehiclereturns to the previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold +RES on thesteering wheel until the vehicleaccelerates to the desiredspeed, then release it.

. To increase the speed in smallincrements, briefly press +RES.For each press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.



The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster 0 115.The increment value used dependson the units displayed.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold -SET until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To slow down in smallincrements, briefly press -SET.For each press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster 0 115.The increment value used dependson the units displayed.

Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle will slow down to theprevious set cruise speed. Whilepressing the accelerator pedal orshortly following the release tooverride cruise control, brieflypressing -SET will result in cruisecontrol set to the current vehiclespeed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control workson hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,you might have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain thevehicle speed. When goingdownhill, you might have to brake orshift to a lower gear to keep yourspeed down. If the brake pedal isapplied, cruise control willdisengage.

Ending Cruise Control

There are four ways to end cruisecontrol:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral).

. Press*.

. Press5.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if 5 is pressedor if the vehicle is turned off.



Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashesor reduce crash damage whiledriving, backing, and parking. Readthis entire section before usingthese systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. Thesesystems do not replace the needfor paying attention and drivingsafely. You may not hear or seealerts or warnings provided bythese systems. Failure to useproper care when driving mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage. See Defensive Driving0 161.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

. Detect children,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals.

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitoredby the system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide youwith enough time to avoid acrash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

. Work if the detection sensoris covered up, such as witha sticker, magnet, or metalplate.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Work if the area surroundingthe detection sensor isdamaged or not properlyrepaired.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible Alert

Some driver assistance featuresalert the driver of obstacles bybeeping. To change the volume ofthe warning chime, see “Comfortand Convenience” under VehiclePersonalization 0 139.

Cleaning

Depending on vehicle options, keepthese areas of the vehicle clean toensure the best driver assistancefeature performance. Driver



Information Center (DIC) messagesmay display when the systems areunavailable or blocked.

. Front and rear bumpers and thearea below the bumpers

. Front grille and headlamps

. Front camera lens in the frontgrille or near the front emblem

. Front side and rear side panels

. Outside of the windshield in frontof the rearview mirror

. Side camera lens on the bottomof the outside mirrors

. Rear side corner bumpers

. Rear Vision Camera above thelicense plate

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC), Rear Park Assist (RPA), andRear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) mayhelp the driver park or avoid objects.Always check around the vehiclewhen parking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the infotainment display. Theprevious screen displays when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)after a short delay. To return to theprevious screen sooner, press anybutton on the infotainment system,shift into P (Park), or reach a vehiclespeed of approximately12 km/h (8 mph).

1. View Displayed by theCamera



1. View Displayed by theCamera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may display toshow that Rear Park Assist (RPA)has detected an object. This trianglechanges from amber to red andincreases in size the closer theobject.

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of thecameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle usingonly these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around thevehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Park Assist

With RPA, as the vehicle backs upat speeds of less than 8 km/h(5 mph), the sensors on the rearbumper may detect objects up to2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle withina zone 25 cm (10 in) high off theground and below bumper level.These detection distances may beshorter during warmer or humidweather.

Blocked sensors will not detectobjects and can also cause falsedetections. Keep the sensors cleanof mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush;and clean sensors after a car washin freezing temperatures.

{ Warning

The Park Assist system does notdetect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectsbelow the bumper or that are tooclose or too far from the vehicle.It is not available at speedsgreater than 8 km/h (5 mph). Toprevent injury, death, or vehicledamage, even with Park Assist,always check the area around thevehicle and check all mirrorsbefore backing.



The instrument cluster may have apark assist display with bars thatshow “distance to object” and objectlocation information for RPA. As theobject gets closer, more bars lightup and the bars change color fromyellow to amber to red.

When an object is first detected inthe rear, one beep will be heardfrom the rear. When an object isvery close (<0.6 m (2 ft) in thevehicle rear), five beeps will soundfrom the rear.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

If equipped, RCTA displays a redwarning triangle with a left or rightpointing arrow on the infotainmentdisplay to warn of traffic comingfrom the left or right. This system

detects objects coming from up to20 m (65 ft) from the left or right sideof the vehicle. When an object isdetected, three beeps sound fromthe left or right, depending on thedirection of the detected vehicle.

Turning the Features On or Off

PressX on the center console toturn the Rear Park Assist and RCTAon or off. The indicator light next tothe button comes on when thefeatures are on and turns off whenthe features have been disabled.

To turn the rear park assist symbolson or off, see “Rear Camera” underVehicle Personalization 0 139.

RCTA can also be turned on or offthrough vehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 139.

Assistance Systems forDrivingIf equipped, when driving thevehicle in a forward gear, ForwardCollision Alert (FCA), LaneDeparture Warning (LDW), Lane

Keep Assist (LKA), Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert(LCA), Forward Automatic Braking(FAB), and/or the Front PedestrianBraking (FPB) System can help toavoid a crash or reduce crashdamage.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system mayhelp to avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a flashing redalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps. FCA also lights an ambervisual alert if following anothervehicle much too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within adistance of approximately 60 m(197 ft) and operates at speedsabove 8 km/h (5 mph).



{ Warning

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. It also may notprovide any warning at all. FCAdoes not warn of pedestrians,animals, signs, guardrails,bridges, construction barrels,or other objects. Be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 161.

FCA can be disabled with either theFCA steering wheel control or,if equipped, through vehiclepersonalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 139.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected,the vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay green. Vehicles may not bedetected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;or if a vehicle ahead is partiallyblocked by pedestrians or otherobjects. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red FCA display will flash on thewindshield. Also, eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front. When this Collision Alertoccurs, the brake system may



prepare for driver braking to occurmore rapidly which can cause abrief, mild deceleration. Continue toapply the brake pedal as the drivingsituation dictates. Cruise controlmay be disengaged when theCollision Alert occurs.

Tailgating Alert

The vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you arefollowing a detected vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press[ to set theFCA timing to far, medium, near,or off. The first button press showsthe current control setting on theDIC. Additional button presses willchange this setting. The chosensetting will remain until it is changed

and will affect the timing of both theCollision Alert and the TailgatingAlert features. The timing of bothalerts will vary based on vehiclespeed. The faster the vehicle speed,the farther away the alert will occur.Consider traffic and weatherconditions when selecting the alerttiming. The range of selectable alerttiming may not be appropriate for alldrivers and driving conditions.

Following Distance Indication

The following distance to a movingvehicle you are following isindicated in following time inseconds on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 132 or Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 135. Theminimum following time is0.5 seconds away. If there is novehicle detected ahead, or thevehicle ahead is out of sensorrange, dashes will be displayed.

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessaryalerts to turning vehicles, vehicles inother lanes, objects that are notvehicles, or shadows. These alertsare normal operation and thevehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, cleaning theoutside of the windshield in front ofthe camera sensor may correct theissue

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB)If the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has FAB, whichincludes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake thevehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes when



driving in a forward gear. Dependingon the situation, the vehicle mayautomatically brake moderately orhard. This forward automaticbraking can only occur if a vehicle isdetected. This is shown by the FCAvehicle ahead indicator being lit.See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 204.

The system works when driving in aforward gear between 8 km/h(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).It can detect vehicles up toapproximately 60 m (197 ft).

{ Warning

FAB is an emergency crashpreparation feature and is notdesigned to avoid crashes. Donot rely on FAB to brake thevehicle. FAB will not brakeoutside of its operating speedrange and only responds todetected vehicles.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

FAB may not:

. Detect a vehicle ahead onwinding or hilly roads.

. Detect all vehicles,especially vehicles with atrailer, tractors, muddyvehicles, etc.

. Detect a vehicle whenweather limits visibility, suchas in fog, rain, or snow.

. Detect a vehicle ahead if itis partially blocked bypedestrians or other objects.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

FAB may slow the vehicle to acomplete stop to try to avoid apotential crash. The vehicle will only

hold at a stop briefly. A firm press ofthe accelerator pedal will alsorelease FAB.

{ Warning

FAB may automatically brake thevehicle suddenly in situationswhere it is unexpected andundesired. It could respond to aturning vehicle ahead, guardrails,signs, and other non-movingobjects. To override FAB, firmlypress the accelerator pedal, if it issafe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

IBA may activate when the brakepedal is applied quickly by providinga boost to braking based on thespeed of approach and distance toa vehicle ahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the brake pedal shouldcontinue to be applied as needed.



IBA will automatically disengageonly when the brake pedal isreleased.

{ Warning

IBA may increase vehicle brakingin situations when it may not benecessary. You could block theflow of traffic. If this occurs, takeyour foot off the brake pedal andthen apply the brakes as needed.

FAB and IBA can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 139.

A system unavailable message maydisplay if:

. The front of the vehicle orwindshield is not clean.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith object detection.

. There is a problem with theStabiliTrak/ Electronic StabilityControl system.

The FAB system does not needservice.

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) SystemIf equipped, the Front PedestrianBraking (FPB) system may helpavoid or reduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes with nearbypedestrians when driving in aforward gear. FPB displays anamber indicator, ~, when a nearbypedestrian is detected directlyahead. When approaching adetected pedestrian too quickly,FPB provides a red flashing alert onthe windshield and rapidly beeps.FPB can provide a boost to brakingor automatically brake the vehicle.This system includes IntelligentBrake Assist (IBA), and the ForwardAutomatic Braking (FAB) systemmay also respond to pedestrians.See Forward Automatic Braking(FAB) 0 206.

The FPB system can detect andalert to pedestrians in a forwardgear at speeds between 8 km/h

(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).During daytime driving, the systemdetects pedestrians up to a distanceof approximately 40 m (131 ft).During nighttime driving, systemperformance is very limited.

{ Warning

FPB does not provide an alert orautomatically brake the vehicle,unless it detects a pedestrian.FPB may not detect pedestrians,including children:

. When the pedestrian is notdirectly ahead, fully visible,or standing upright, or whenpart of a group.

. Due to poor visibility,including nighttimeconditions, fog, rain,or snow.

. If the FPB sensor is blockedby dirt, snow, or ice.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. If the headlamps orwindshield are not cleanedor in proper condition.

Be ready to take action and applythe brakes. For more information,see Defensive Driving 0 161.Keep the windshield, headlamps,and FPB sensor clean and ingood repair.

FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alertand Brake through vehiclepersonalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 139.

Detecting the PedestrianAhead

FPB alerts and automatic brakingwill not occur unless the FPBsystem detects a pedestrian. Whena nearby pedestrian is detecteddirectly in front of the vehicle, thepedestrian ahead indicator willdisplay amber.

Front Pedestrian Alert

When the vehicle approaches apedestrian ahead too rapidly, thered FPB alert display will flash onthe windshield. Eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front. When this Pedestrian Alertoccurs, the brake system mayprepare for driver braking to occurmore rapidly which can cause abrief, mild deceleration. Continue toapply the brake pedal as needed.Cruise control may be disengagedwhen the Front Pedestrian Alertoccurs.

Automatic Braking

If FPB detects it is about to crashinto a pedestrian directly ahead, andthe brakes have not been applied,FPB may automatically brakemoderately or brake hard. This canhelp to avoid some very low speedpedestrian crashes or reducepedestrian injury. FPB canautomatically brake to detectedpedestrians between 8 km/h (5 mph)and 80 km/h (50 mph). Automaticbraking levels may be reducedunder certain conditions, such ashigher speeds.

If this happens, Automatic Brakingmay engage the Electric ParkingBrake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at astop. Release the EPB. A firm pressof the accelerator pedal will alsorelease Automatic Braking andthe EPB.



{ Warning

FPB may alert or automaticallybrake the vehicle suddenly insituations where it is unexpectedand undesired. It could falselyalert or brake for objects similar inshape or size to pedestrians,including shadows. This is normaloperation and the vehicle doesnot need service. To overrideAutomatic Braking, firmly pressthe accelerator pedal, if it is safeto do so.

Automatic Braking can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Front Pedestrian Detection” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 139.

{ Warning

Using the Front PedestrianBraking system while towing atrailer could cause you to lose

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

control of the vehicle and crash.Turn the system to Alert or Offwhen towing a trailer.

Cleaning the System

If FPB does not seem to operateproperly, cleaning the outside of thewindshield in front of the rearviewmirror may correct the issue.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding crashes thatoccur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas.When the vehicle is in a forwardgear, the left or right side mirrordisplay will light up if a movingvehicle is detected in that blindzone. If the turn signal is activatedand a vehicle is also detected onthe same side, the display will flashas an extra warning not to change

lanes. Since this system is part ofthe Lane Change Alert (LCA)system, read the entire LCA sectionbefore using this feature.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning displaywill light up in the correspondingoutside side mirror and will flash ifthe turn signal is on.

{ Warning

LCA does not alert the driver tovehicles outside of the systemdetection zones, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals. It may notprovide alerts when changinglanes under all driving conditions.Failure to use proper care when

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

changing lanes may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.Before making a lane change,always check mirrors, glance overyour shoulder, and use the turnsignals.

LCA Detection Zones

1. SBZA Detection Zone2. LCA Detection Zone

The LCA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m(11 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)warning area starts at approximatelythe middle of the vehicle and goesback 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are alsowarned of vehicles rapidlyapproaching from up to 25 m (82 ft)behind the vehicle.

How the System Works

The LCA symbol lights up in theside mirrors when the systemdetects a moving vehicle in the nextlane over that is in the side blindzone or rapidly approaching thatzone from behind. A lit LCA symbolindicates it may be unsafe tochange lanes. Before making a lanechange, check the LCA display,check mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turn signals.

Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror LCA displays willbriefly come on to indicate thesystem is operating. When thevehicle is in a forward gear, the leftor right side mirror display will lightup if a moving vehicle is detected inthe next lane over in that blind zoneor rapidly approaching that zone.If the turn signal is activated in thesame direction as a detectedvehicle, this display will flash as anextra warning not to change lanes.

LCA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 139.If LCA is disabled by the driver, theLCA mirror displays will not light up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The LCA system requires somedriving for the system to calibrate tomaximum performance. Thiscalibration may occur more quickly ifthe vehicle is driven on a straighthighway road with traffic androadside objects (e.g., guardrails,



barriers). During a trip, the LCAsystem is not operational until thevehicle first reaches a speed of24 km/h (15 mph).

LCA displays may not come onwhen passing a vehicle quickly, fora stopped vehicle, or when towing atrailer. The LCA detection zonesthat extend back from the side ofthe vehicle do not move further backwhen a trailer is towed. Use cautionwhile changing lanes when towing atrailer. LCA may alert to objectsattached to the vehicle, such as atrailer, bicycle, or object extendingout to either side of the vehicle.Attached objects may also interferewith the detection of vehicles. Thisis normal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not always alert the driverto vehicles in the next lane over,especially in wet conditions or whendriving on sharp curves. The systemdoes not need to be serviced. Thesystem may light up due toguardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and

other non-moving objects. This isnormal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not operate when the LCAsensors in the left or right corners ofthe rear bumper are covered withmud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or inheavy rainstorms. For cleaninginstructions, see "Washing theVehicle" under Exterior Care 0 313.If the DIC still displays the systemunavailable message after cleaningboth sides of the vehicle toward therear corners of the vehicle, see yourdealer.

If the LCA displays do not light upwhen moving vehicles are in theside blind zone or rapidlyapproaching this zone and thesystem is clean, the system mayneed service. Take the vehicle toyour dealer.

Radio Frequency Information

See Radio Frequency Statement0 352.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may provide awarning if the vehicle is crossing adetected lane marking without usinga turn signal in the lane departuredirection. Since this system is partof the Lane Keep Assist (LKA)system, read the entire LKA sectionbefore using this feature.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a turn signalin that direction. It may also providea Lane Departure Warning (LDW)system alert as the lane marking iscrossed. The LKA system will notassist or provide an LDW alert if itdetects that you are activelysteering. Override LKA by turningthe steering wheel. LKA uses a



camera to detect lane markingsbetween 60 km/h (37 mph) and180 km/h (112 mph).

{ Warning

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.It may not keep the vehicle in thelane or give a Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) alert, even if alane marking is detected.

The LKA and LDW systemsmay not:

. Provide an alert or enoughsteering assist to avoid alane departure or crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windshield orheadlamps are blocked bydirt, snow, or ice, if they arenot in proper condition, or ifthe sun shines directly intothe camera.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

If LKA only detects lane markingson one side of the road, it willonly assist or provide an LDWalert when approaching the laneon the side where it has detecteda lane marking. Even with LKAand LDW, you must steer thevehicle. Always keep yourattention on the road andmaintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicledamage, injury, or death couldoccur. Always keep thewindshield, headlamps, andcamera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LKA inbad weather conditions.

{ Warning

Using LKA while towing a traileror on slippery roads could causeloss of control of the vehicle anda crash. Turn the system off.

How the System Works

The LKA camera sensor is on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror.

To turn LKA on and off, pressAon the steering wheel.

When on,A is green if LKA isavailable to assist and provide LDWalerts. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel anddisplayA as amber if the vehicleapproaches a detected lane markingwithout using a turn signal in thatdirection. It may also provide anLDW alert by flashingA amberas the lane marking is crossed.Additionally, there may be threebeeps on the right or left, dependingon the lane departure direction.



Take Steering

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.If LKA does not detect active driversteering, an alert, chime, or DICmessage may be provided. Movethe steering wheel to dismiss.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The system performance may beaffected by:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, suchas when driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

. Roads with poor lane markings,such as two-lane roads.

If the LKA system is not functioningproperly when lane markings areclearly visible, cleaning thewindshield may help.

A system unavailable message maydisplay if the camera is blocked.The LKA system does not needservice.

LKA assistance and/or LDW alertsmay occur due to tar marks,shadows, cracks in the road,temporary or construction lanemarkings, or other roadimperfections. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice. Turn LKA off if theseconditions continue.

Fuel

Top Tier Fuel (Gasoline)GM recommends the use of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline to keepthe engine clean, reduce enginedeposits, and maintain optimalvehicle performance. Look for theTOP TIER Logo or seewww.toptiergas.com for a list of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline marketersand applicable countries.



Top Tier Fuel (Diesel)GM recommends the use of TOPTIER Diesel Fuel to keep the engineclean, reduce engine deposits, andmaintain optimal vehicleperformance. Look for the TOPTIER Logo or seewww.toptiergas.com for a list of TOPTIER Diesel Fuel marketers andapplicable countries.

Recommended Fuel(Gasoline)Do not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.

Use regular unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 87 orhigher. Do not use gasoline with aposted octane rating of less than 87,as this may cause engine knock andwill lower fuel economy.

Prohibited Fuels(Gasoline)

Caution

Do not use fuels with any of thefollowing conditions; doing somay damage the vehicle and voidits warranty:

. For vehicles that are notFlexFuel, fuel labeledgreater than 15% ethanol by

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

volume, such as mid-levelethanol blends (16–50%ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.

. Fuel with any amount ofmethanol, methylal,ferrocene, and aniline.These fuels can corrodemetal fuel system parts ordamage plastic and rubberparts.

. Fuel containing metals suchas methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl(MMT), which can damagethe emissions controlsystem and spark plugs.

. Fuel with a posted octanerating of less than therecommended fuel. Usingthis fuel will lower fueleconomy and performance,and may decrease the life ofthe emissions catalyst.



Fuels in ForeignCountries (Gasoline)The U.S., Canada, and Mexico postfuel octane ratings in anti-knockindex (AKI). For fuel not to use in aforeign country, see ProhibitedFuels (Gasoline) 0 215.

Fuel Additives (Gasoline)TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline ishighly recommended for use withyour vehicle. If your country doesnot have TOP TIER DetergentGasoline, add ACDelco FuelSystem Treatment Plus−Gasoline tothe vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank atevery oil change or 15,000 km(9,000 mi), whichever occurs first.TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline andACDelco Fuel System TreatmentPlus−Gasoline will help keep yourvehicle’s engine fuel deposit freeand performing optimally.

Fuel Additives (Diesel)TOP TIER Detergent Diesel ishighly recommended for use withyour vehicle. If your area does not

have TOP TIER Detergent Diesel,GM recommends the use ofACDelco Diesel Fuel Conditioner.This will help you maintain optimalengine performance. GM does notrecommend other aftermarket dieseladditives.

In the event you refuel usinglow-quality diesel, GM recommendsadding ACDelco Fuel SystemTreatment Plus-Diesel can helpclean engine deposits and isavailable only at your GMdealership.

Fuel for Diesel EnginesThe selection of a high-quality fuelis important for maintaining optimumvehicle performance. Diesel fuelshould meet or exceed the minimumrequirements in the most currentversions of the local fuel standards

Do not use fuel with more than15 ppm sulfur.

Do not use a diesel blend containingmore than 20% biodiesel by volume.

Caution

Use of fuel that does not complywith the required technicalstandards can lead to enginepower loss, increased wear,or engine damage and may voidyour warranty.

Some improper fuels are:

. Diesel fuel with the additionof gasoline.

. Diesel fuel mixed withengine oil or automatictransmission fluid.

. Triglyceride fuels, such asraw vegetable oil or animalfat, in any form, includingwith blends of diesel orbiodiesel.

. Marine diesel fuel andfuel oils.

. Diesel-water emulsions,such as Aquazole.

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

. Aftermarket diesel fueladditives, which containalcohols, organo-metallicadditives, or wateremulsifiers.

Caution

If the vehicle is accidentallyrefueled with gasoline, do notcontinue driving the vehicle.Driving the vehicle will damagethe fuel system. Have the vehicletowed to a qualified technician tohave the gasoline removed fromthe tank and fuel system. Refuelwith Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel fuel.It is also recommended to havethe fuel system flushed with UltraLow Sulfur Diesel, to ensure allgasoline is removed.

Some conditions, such as dirty fuel,may decrease fuel filter life and aCHANGE FUEL FILTER messagemay come on in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

Climate Grade Diesel Fuels

At temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F),avoid using biodiesel blends above5% by volume. Using such a fuelmay cause fuel filter plugging,system gelling, and freezing, whichmay adversely impact vehiclestarting.

Severe winter grade diesel fuel,such as 1-D diesel fuel or Arcticgrade diesel fuel, can be used inextreme cold temperatures (below−18 °C or 0 °F); however, doing sowill reduce power and fuel economy.Avoid using severe winter grade fuelin warm or hot climates. It can resultin stalling, poor starting, anddamage to the fuel injection system.

Fuels improperly blended for coldtemperature operation may result inrestricted fuel filters. The vehicle isequipped with a fuel heating systemto prevent gelling or waxing of

conventional diesel fuel andbiodiesel blends, but may notprevent all cases.

In case of severe winter conditions,the fuel filter may become cloggedby wax naturally present in the fuel.To unclog it, move the vehicle to awarm garage area and allow thefilter to warm up. The fuel filter mayneed to be replaced. See Fuel FilterReplacement (Diesel) 0 222.

BiodieselBiodiesel is a renewable fuelproduced from vegetable oils oranimal fats that have beenchemically modified to make itcompatible with diesel fuel.

Caution

Do not use home-made biodieselor home test kits because thequality cannot be verified byapproved scientific methods. Donot use raw vegetable oil or otherunmodified bio-oils, fats,

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

or blends of vegetable oil withdiesel. They could damage thefuel system and engine, anddamages would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Biodiesel Blends

Fuels with a biodiesel content up to20% by volume may be used (e.g.,named B20). Only use biodieselblends up to 20% by volume thatcomply with your country’s orregion’s fuel standards.

Caution

Do not use blends containingmore than 20% biodiesel. Anyengine, fuel system, or exhaustafter-treatment system damagewould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

As a renewable fuel, biodieselprovides some environmentalbenefits. However, biodiesel hasunique properties and needs to behandled differently than diesel fuel.Its use presents additional risks andmay not be appropriate in allsituations. Certain vehicle operatingmodes increase these risks andshould be avoided.

Biodiesel fuel quality degrades withtime and exposure to hightemperature quicker than Ultra LowSulfur Diesel fuel. More frequentrefueling provides the bestopportunity to have a supply of freshfuel. Storage at hot ambienttemperatures will acceleratebiodiesel degradation.

If the vehicle is not driven often anduses little fuel, or if it is stored forextended periods of time, avoid theuse of biodiesel blended fuelsabove 5% by volume. When thevehicle is stored for longer than onemonth, it should be run out ofbiodiesel to below one-quarter tank,

refueled with biodiesel-free fuel, anddriven several kilometers (miles)before storage.

Cold Weather Operation(Diesel)In cold weather, the fuel filter maybecome clogged by wax naturallypresent in the fuel. To unclog it,move the vehicle to a warm garagearea and allow the filter to warm up.The fuel filter may need to bereplaced. See Fuel FilterReplacement (Diesel) 0 222.

At temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F),it is recommended to avoid usingbiodiesel blends above 5% blend.This blend may cause fuel filterplugging, system gelling, andfreezing that may affect vehiclestarting. You may need to turn theignition on and off a few timesbefore the vehicle will start. Also,idle the vehicle for a couple ofminutes before accelerating.

It is recommended to use Ultra LowSulfur No. 1-D diesel fuel or a blendof No. 1-D and No. 2-D diesel fuel to



enhance vehicle operation in coldweather at temperatures below 0 °C(32 °F). Use of No. 1-D diesel fuelmay lower the fuel economy. Foradditional information for better coldweather operation, see EngineHeater 0 179.

Water in Fuel (Diesel)Improper fuel tank inspection orcleaning, or contaminated fuel fromsuppliers, can cause water to bepumped into the fuel tank along withthe diesel fuel. If a WATER IN FUEL- CONTACT SERVICE messagedisplays, the water must be drainedimmediately.

{ Warning

Diesel fuel containing water is stillcombustible. You or others couldbe burned. If the fuel needs to bedrained, keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials away from themixture.

As an added precaution, drain thediesel fuel filter of residual water atevery engine oil change. If theWATER IN FUEL - CONTACTSERVICE message comes onfrequently, even after draining waterfrom the fuel filter, see your dealer.

Water in Fuel Troubleshooting

If the WATER IN FUEL - CONTACTSERVICE message comes on:

ProblemRecommended

Action

Messagedisplays butgoes off duringthe ignitioncycle.

The fuel filter ispartially filledwith water. Drainthe water assoon aspossible. See"RemovingWater from theFuel Filter"following.

ProblemRecommended

Action

Messagedisplays andstays on.

Drain the fuelfilterimmediately.If no water canbe drained, andthe temperatureis belowfreezing, thenwater may befrozen in thefilter. Move thevehicle to awarm location tothaw the water,then drain thefuel. If water stilldoes not drain,see your dealer.



ProblemRecommended

Action

Immediatelyafter refueling,messagedisplays andstays on.

A large amountof water is in thefuel tank. Drainthe fuel filterimmediately.If the messagestays on orcomes back onwithoutrefueling, thenfuel tank purgingis required. Seeyour dealer.If the messagedisplays and theengine stalls orruns rough, donot drive untilthe watercontaminatedfuel is drained.

Caution

Driving with this message on candamage the fuel injection systemand the engine. If the messagecomes on right after a refuel,water was pumped into the fueltank. Turn off the engine anddrain the water immediately.

Removing Water from the FuelFilter

To drain water:

1. Turn the engine off and applythe parking brake.

2. Place a container under thefilter drain valve, which is onthe bottom of the fuel filter.

3. Turn the drain plugcounterclockwise using asuitable tool.

4. With the engine off, press andhold ENGINE START/STOPwithout applying the brake forfive seconds to place thevehicle in Service Mode. Waitapproximately five seconds,and then press ENGINESTART/STOP again to turn itoff. This operation will enhancewater flow out of the filter. Thefilter is drained as soon asdiesel fuel emerges fromthe port.



5. Retighten the drain plug byturning it clockwise.

6. Properly dispose of the watercontaminated fuel.

7. Start the engine and let it runfor a few minutes. During thedraining process, air may haveentered the fuel system. If theengine stalls, the fuel systemmay need to be primed. See“Fuel Priming” following.

Fuel Priming

For the fuel system to work properly,air cannot be in the fuel lines. If airgets in, the engine may not startand the fuel lines will need to beprimed before operating the vehicle.

If air is present, the following mayhave happened:

. The vehicle ran out of fuel.

. The fuel filter was removed.

. The fuel lines were removed ordisconnected.

. The fuel filter water drain valvewas opened while the enginewas running.

To prime the fuel system:

1. With the engine off, press andhold ENGINE START/STOPwithout applying the brake forfive seconds to place thevehicle in Service Mode. Waitfor 30 seconds to allow fuel tofully cycle. Press ENGINESTART/STOP again to turn itoff. Do this step three times ormore while the engine is off.

2. Press ENGINE START/STOPwith the brake applied for amaximum of 40 seconds at atime, with five secondsbetween ignition attempts, untilthe engine starts. If the enginetries to run, but does not runsmoothly, increase the RPMsslightly by using the acceleratorpedal. This will help force airthrough the system.

3. Repeat Step 2 if the enginestalls and will not restart.

4. After a few attempts, if theengine still does not start, seeyour dealer.

Running Out of Fuel(Diesel)

{ Warning

Diesel fuel is flammable. It couldstart a fire if something ignites it,and people could be burned. Donot let it get on hot engine parts,and keep matches or otherignition sources away.

If the engine has stalled due torunning out of fuel, add at least7.6 L (2 gal) of fuel if parked on alevel surface, or up to 18.9 L (5 gal)of fuel if parked on a slope, andperform the procedure under “FuelPriming” previously in this section.



Fuel Filter Replacement(Diesel)

{ Warning

Diesel fuel is flammable. It couldstart a fire if something ignites it,and people could be burned. Donot let it get on hot engine parts,and keep matches or otherignition sources away.

The fuel filter is under the vehicle onthe driver side in front of the leftrear tire.

1. Drain any water from the filter.See “Removing Water fromFuel Filter” in Water in Fuel(Diesel) 0 219.

Keep the engine off until theprocedure is completed.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Remove the filter element capby turning it counterclockwise.

4. Remove the filter element ando-rings. If there is any dirt onthe filter sealing surface, cleanit off.

5. Install the new filter elementand o-rings.

6. Reinstall and tighten the filtercap to the housing.

7. Use the fuel filter primingprocedure to prime the fuelfilter. See “Fuel Priming” inWater in Fuel (Diesel) 0 219.

8. Start the engine and let it idlefor five minutes. Check the fuelfilter and air bleed valve forleaks.

Filling the Tank(Gasoline)

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

Follow these guidelines:

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Avoid using electronicdevices while refueling.

. Do not reenter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

. Fuel can spray out if therefueling nozzle is insertedtoo quickly. This spray canhappen if the tank is nearlyfull, and is more likely in hotweather. Insert the refuelingnozzle slowly and wait forany hiss noise to stop priorto beginning to flow fuel.

To open the fuel door, push andrelease the rearward center edge ofthe door.

The vehicle has a capless fuelsystem and does not have a fuelcap. The filling nozzle must be fullyinserted and latched prior to startingfuel flow.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait afew seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing thenozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 313.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.



Filling the Tank with a PortableGas Can

If the vehicle runs out of fuel andmust be filled from a portablegas can:

1. Locate the capless funneladapter from under the carpetin the trunk.

2. Insert and latch the funnel intothe capless fuel system.

{ Warning

Attempting to refuel without usingthe funnel adapter may cause fuelspillage and damage the caplessfuel system. This could cause afire and you or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged.

3. Remove and clean the funneladapter and return it to thestorage location.

Filling the Tank (Diesel)

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Do not use a cell phonewhile refueling.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Do not re-enter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

. Fuel can spray out if the fuelcap is opened too quickly.This spray can happen if thetank is nearly full, and ismore likely in hot weather.Open the fuel cap slowlyand wait for any hiss noiseto stop, then unscrew thecap all the way.



The fuel cap is behind a hinged fueldoor on the passenger side of thevehicle. To open the fuel door, pushand release the rearward centeredge of the door.

Turn the fuel cap counterclockwiseto remove. Reinstall the cap byturning it clockwise until it clicks.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait afew seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing thenozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 313.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Caution

If a new fuel cap is needed, besure to get the right type of capfrom your dealer. The wrong typeof fuel cap may not fit properly,may cause the malfunctionindicator lamp to light, and coulddamage the fuel tank andemissions system. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 124.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)



DEF is a non-toxic solution that issprayed into the exhaust stream ofdiesel vehicles to cause a chemicalreaction and break down NOxemissions into harmless nitrogenand water.

DEF is not a fuel additive and nevercomes into contact with diesel fuel.It is stored in a separate tank. Thefill port is behind the fuel door nextto the regular fuel cap. It has a bluefiller cap. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid0 184.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer (Gasoline)

{ Warning

Never fill a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite the fuelvapor. You can be badly burnedand the vehicle damaged if thisoccurs. To help avoid injury to youand others:

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Dispense fuel only intoapproved containers.

. Do not fill a container whileit is inside a vehicle, in avehicle's trunk, pickup bed,or on any surface other thanthe ground.

. Bring the fill nozzle incontact with the inside ofthe fill opening beforeoperating the nozzle.Contact should bemaintained until the filling iscomplete.

. Do not smoke whilepumping fuel.

. Avoid using electronicdevices.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer (Diesel)

{ Warning

Filling a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle can causefuel vapors that can ignite eitherby static electricity or othermeans. You or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged. Always:

. Use approved fuelcontainers.

. Remove the container fromthe vehicle, trunk, or pickupbed before filling.

. Place the container on theground.

. Place the nozzle inside thefill opening of the containerbefore dispensing fuel, andkeep it in contact with the fillopening until filling iscomplete.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Fill the container no morethan 95% full to allow forexpansion.

. Do not smoke, lightmatches, or use lighterswhile pumping fuel.

. Avoid using electronicdevices.

Trailer Towing

General TowingInformation

{ Warning

Never tow a trailer with yourvehicle. It was not designed orintended to tow a trailer.

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle serviceand Emission Inspection/Maintenance testing. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 124.A device connected to the DLC —such as an aftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device —may interfere with vehiclesystems. This could affect vehicleoperation and cause a crash.Such devices may also accessinformation stored in the vehicle’ssystems.



Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always checkwith your dealer before addingelectrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 84 and Adding Equipmentto the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle0 84.


Vehicle Care 229

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 230California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

California PerchlorateMaterials Requirements . . . . . 231

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 240Automatic TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 242Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 247Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Battery - North America . . . . . . 251Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 252Automatic Transmission ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Ignition Transmission LockCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 253

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 253Windshield Replacement . . . . . 254Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Headlamps and Front TurnSignal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Taillamps and Back-UpLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

License Plate Lamp (LiftgateModels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Electrical SystemElectrical System Overload . . . 263Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 263

Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 273Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Tire Pressure for High-SpeedOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

Tire Pressure MonitorSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289


230 Vehicle Care

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 291Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 306

Jump StartingJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 310Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 Warning

{ Warning

Most motor vehicles, includingthis one, as well as many of itsservice parts and fluids, containand/or emit chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts andsystems, many fluids, and somecomponent wear by-productscontain and/or emit thesechemicals. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See Battery - North America 0 251and Jump Starting - North America0 307 and the back cover.


Vehicle Care 231

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, seat belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 84.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner’s manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, seePublication Ordering Information0 351.


232 Vehicle Care

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 84.

If equipped with remote vehiclestart, open the hood beforeperforming any service work toprevent remote starting the vehicleaccidentally. See Remote VehicleStart 0 40.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 337.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

HoodTo open the hood:

1. Open the driver door and pullthe hood release handle. It ison the lower left side of theinstrument panel between thedoor and the steering wheel.

2. Release the handle, then pullthe handle again to fully openthe hood.

3. Go to the front of the vehicleand lift the hood and releasethe hood prop from its retainer,located above the radiator.Securely place the hood propinto the slot on the underside ofthe hood.


Vehicle Care 233

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, besure all the filler caps areproperly installed.

2. Lift the hood to relievepressure on the hood prop.Remove the hood prop fromthe slot on the underside of thehood and return the prop to itsretainer. The prop rod mustclick into place when returningit to the retainer to preventhood damage.

3. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in)above the vehicle and releaseit so it fully latches.

4. Check to make sure the hoodis closed. If not, release thehood from inside and repeatSteps 1–3.


234 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

1.4L L4 Engine (LE2)


Vehicle Care 235

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter0 242.

2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See“When to Add Engine Oil”under Engine Oil 0 237.

3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See“Checking Engine Oil” underEngine Oil 0 237.

4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System0 243.

5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrake Fluid 0 250.

6. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap. SeeCooling System 0 243.

7. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See “AddingWasher Fluid” underWasher Fluid 0 248.

8. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 264.


236 Vehicle Care

1.6L L4 Diesel Engine (LH7)


Vehicle Care 237

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter0 242.

2. Engine Oil Dipstick. See“Checking Engine Oil” underEngine Oil 0 237.

3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System0 243.

4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See“When to Add Engine Oil”under Engine Oil 0 237.

5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrake Fluid 0 250.

6. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap. SeeCooling System 0 243.

7. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See “AddingWasher Fluid” underWasher Fluid 0 248.

8. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 264.

Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.

Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 240.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

Check the engine oil level regularly,every 650 km (400 mi), especiallyprior to a long trip. The engine oildipstick handle is a loop. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 234 for the location.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

If a low oil Driver Information Center(DIC) message displays, check theoil level.

Follow these guidelines:

. To get an accurate reading, parkthe vehicle on level ground.Check the engine oil level afterthe engine has been off for atleast two hours. Checking theengine oil level on steep gradesor too soon after engine shutoffcan result in incorrect readings.Accuracy improves whenchecking a cold engine prior tostarting. Remove the dipstickand check the level.

. If unable to wait two hours, theengine must be off for at least15 minutes if the engine iswarm, or at least 30 minutes if


238 Vehicle Care

the engine is not warm. Pull outthe dipstick, wipe it with a cleanpaper towel or cloth, then push itback in all the way. Remove itagain, keeping the tip down, andcheck the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

Gasoline

Diesel

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick andthe engine has been off for at least15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the

recommended oil and then recheckthe level. See “Selecting the RightEngine Oil” later in this section foran explanation of what kind of oil touse. For engine oil crankcasecapacity, see Capacities andSpecifications 0 339.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If the oil level isabove the operating range (i.e.,the engine has so much oil thatthe oil level gets above thecross-hatched area that showsthe proper operating range), theengine could be damaged. Drainthe excess oil or limit driving ofthe vehicle, and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 234 for the location of the engineoil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil(Gasoline Engines)

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 334.

Specification

Use full synthetic engine oils thatmeet the dexos1 specification.

Engine oils that have beenapproved by GM as meeting thedexos1 specification are markedwith the dexos1 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.


Vehicle Care 239

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity gradeengine oil.

When selecting an oil of theappropriate viscosity grade, it isrecommended to select an oil of thecorrect specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil(Diesel Engines)

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade:

Specification

Use engine oils that meet thedexos2 specification. Engine oilsthat have been approved by GM asmeeting the dexos2 specification

are marked with the dexos2approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.

Caution

Use only engine oil that isapproved to the dexos2specification or equivalent engineoil as defined in the precedingparagraph. Failure to use therecommended engine oil canresult in engine damage notcovered by the vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity gradeengine oil.

Cold Temperature Operation: In anarea of extreme cold, where thetemperature falls below −29 °C(−20 °F), an SAE 0W-40 oil may beused. An oil of this viscosity gradewill provide easier cold starting forthe engine at extremely lowtemperatures. When selecting an oilof the appropriate viscosity grade, itis recommended to select an oil ofthe correct specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.See “Specification” earlier in thissection.


240 Vehicle Care

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting thedexos specification are all that isneeded for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Never

dispose of oil by putting it in thetrash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving under


Vehicle Care 241

the best conditions, the oil lifesystem might indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a yearand, at this time, the system mustbe reset. Your dealer has trainedservice people who will perform thiswork and reset the system. It is alsoimportant to check the oil regularlyover the course of an oil draininterval and keep it at the properlevel.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:

Resetting the Oil Life System(Base Level Cluster)


2. Press and hold SET/CLR onthe turn signal lever while theOil Life display is active. Theoil life will change to 100%.

Resetting the Oil Life System(Uplevel Cluster)


2. Press and hold V on the DICwhile the Oil Life display isactive. The oil life will changeto 100%.

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:

1. Turn the ignition on with theengine off. See IgnitionPositions (Keyless Access)0 171 or Ignition Positions (KeyAccess) 0 172.

2. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

The system is reset when theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage goes off.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not been reset. Repeatthe procedure.

Automatic TransmissionFluid

How to Check AutomaticTransmission Fluid

It is not necessary to check thetransmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leak


242 Vehicle Care

occurs, take the vehicle to yourdealer and have it repaired as soonas possible.

The vehicle is not equipped with atransmission fluid level dipstick.There is a special procedure forchecking and changing thetransmission fluid. Because thisprocedure is difficult, this should bedone at the dealer. Contact thedealer for additional information.

Caution

Use of the incorrect automatictransmission fluid may damagethe vehicle, and the damage maynot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Always use the correctautomatic transmission fluid. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 334.

Change the fluid at the intervalslisted in Maintenance Schedule0 325, and be sure to use the fluidlisted in Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 334.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterThe engine air cleaner/filter is in theengine compartment on thepassenger side of the vehicle. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 234.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

For intervals on changing andinspecting the engine air cleaner/filter, see Maintenance Schedule0 325.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine aircleaner/filter housing and nearbycomponents are free of dirt anddebris. Remove the engine aircleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shakethe engine air cleaner/filter (awayfrom the vehicle), to release loosedust and dirt. Inspect the engine aircleaner/filter for damage, and

replace if damaged. Do not cleanthe engine air cleaner/filter orcomponents with water orcompressed air.

To inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter:

1.4L L4 Engine (LE2) Shown, 1.6LL4 Diesel Engine (LH7) Similar

1. Screws2. Air Inlet Duct3. Air Duct Clamp4. Electrical Connector


Vehicle Care 243

1. Disconnect the harnessconnector from the air cleaner/filter cover electricalconnector (4).

2. Remove the air inlet duct (2).

3. Loosen the screw on the airduct clamp (3) holding the airoutlet duct in place. Do notremove the clamp. Move theair duct aside.

4. Remove the four air cleaner/filter housing cover screws (1).

5. Raise the air cleaner/filterhousing cover and remove theair cleaner/filter from the aircleaner/filter housing.

6. Clean the air cleaner/filtersealing surface and the aircleaner/filter housing.

7. Install the new engine aircleaner/filter.

8. Lower the air cleaner housingcover and secure with the fourscrews (1).

9. Install the air inlet duct (2).

10. Install the air duct and tightenthe screw on the air ductclamp (3) to secure it to the aircleaner/filter housing.

11. Install the harness electricalconnector (4).

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. Use cautionwhen working on the engine. Donot start the engine or drive thevehicle with the air cleaner/filteroff, as flames may be present ifthe engine backfires.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen driving.

Cooling SystemThe cooling system allows theengine to maintain the correctworking temperature.

1.4L L4 Engine (LE2)


244 Vehicle Care

1.6L L4 Diesel Engine (LH7)

1. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)

2. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap

{ Warning

An underhood electric fan canstart up even when the engine isnot running and can cause injury.Keep hands, clothing, and toolsaway from any underhoodelectric fan.

{ Warning

Do not touch heater or radiatorhoses, or other engine parts.They can be very hot and canburn you. Do not run the engine ifthere is a leak; all coolant couldleak out. That could cause anengine fire and can burn you. Fixany leak before driving thevehicle.

Engine Coolant

The cooling system in the vehicle isfilled with DEX-COOL enginecoolant. This coolant is designed toremain in the vehicle for 5 years or240 000 km (150,000 mi), whicheveroccurs first.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 247.

What to Use

{ Warning

Plain water, or other liquids suchas alcohol, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,the engine could get too hot butthere would not be an overheatwarning. The engine could catchfire and you or others could beburned.

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. If using this mixture,nothing else needs to be added.This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection downto −37 °C (−34 °F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.


Vehicle Care 245. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Caution

Do not use anything other than amix of DEX-COOL coolant thatmeets GM StandardGMW3420 and clean, drinkablewater. Anything else can causedamage to the engine coolingsystem and the vehicle, whichwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorized servicecenter, familiar with legalrequirements regarding usedcoolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down. See EngineOverheating 0 247.

The coolant surge tank is located inthe engine compartment on thedriver side of the vehicle. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 234.

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressurecap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turn

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the cap when the cooling system,including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.

{ Warning

Plain water, or other liquids suchas alcohol, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,the engine could get too hot butthere would not be an overheatwarning. The engine could catchfire and you or others could beburned.


246 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Spilling coolant on hot engineparts can burn you. Coolantcontains ethylene glycol and it willburn if the engine parts are hotenough.

Caution

Failure to follow the specificcoolant fill procedure could causethe engine to overheat and couldcause system damage. If coolantis not visible in the surge tank,contact your dealer.

If no problem is found, check to seeif coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank. If coolant is visible butthe coolant level is not at or abovethe indicated mark, add a50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant. Besure the cooling system, includingthe coolant surge tank pressurecap, is cool before you do it.

1. Remove the coolant surge tankpressure cap when the coolingsystem, including the coolantsurge tank pressure cap andupper radiator hose, is nolonger hot.

Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise aboutone-quarter of a turn. If youhear a hiss, wait for that tostop. This will allow anypressure still left to be ventedout the discharge hose.

2. Keep turning the pressure capslowly and remove it.


3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper mixture to theindicated level mark.

4. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off, start theengine, switch off the A/C andlet the engine run until theupper radiator hose can be feltgetting hot. Watch out for theengine cooling fan.

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tankmay be lower. If the level islower, add more of the proper


Vehicle Care 247

mixture to the coolant surgetank until the level reaches theindicated level mark.

5. Replace the pressure cap. Besure the pressure cap ishand-tight.

6. Verify coolant level after theengine is shut off and thecoolant is cold. If necessary,repeat coolant fill procedureSteps 1–6.

If the coolant still is not at theproper level when the systemcools down again, see yourdealer.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss and enginedamage may occur. Be sure thecap is properly and tightlysecured.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has an engine coolanttemperature gauge on theinstrument cluster to warn of engineoverheating. See Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge 0 121.

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears,get service help right away. Contactyour dealer for additionalinformation.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fan is running. If the engineis overheating, the fan should berunning. If it is not, do not continueto run the engine, and have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Do not run the engine if there is aleak in the engine cooling system.This can cause a loss of all

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

coolant and can damage thesystem and vehicle. Have anyleaks fixed right away.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressurecap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine Compartment

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not be


248 Vehicle Care

too serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.

. Stops after high-speed driving.

. Idles for long periods in traffic.

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to thehighest temperature and to thehighest fan speed. Open thewindows as necessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral), and let theengine idle.

If the engine coolant temperaturegauge is no longer in the overheatzone, the vehicle can be driven.Continue to drive the vehicle slowlyfor about 10 minutes. Keep a safedistance from the vehicle in front.If the warning does not come backon, continue to drive normally andhave the cooling system checkedfor proper fill and function.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicleright away.

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes whileparked. If the warning is stilldisplayed, turn off the engine until itcools down.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When windshield washer fluid isneeded, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If operating the vehicle in anarea where the temperature may fallbelow freezing, use a fluid that hassufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 234 forreservoir location.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindshield washer. It candamage the windshieldwasher system and paint.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 249

Caution (Continued)

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allowsfor fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or beheard all the time the vehicle ismoving, except when applying thebrake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in the

proper sequence to torquespecifications in Capacities andSpecifications 0 339.

If the vehicle has rear drum brakes,they do not have wear indicators,but if a rear brake rubbing noise isheard, have the rear brake liningsinspected immediately. Rear brakedrums should be removed andinspected each time the tires areremoved for rotation or changing.Drum brakes have an inspectionhole to inspect lining wear duringscheduled maintenance. When thefront brake pads are replaced, havethe rear brakes inspected, too.

Brake linings should always bereplaced as complete axle sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.


250 Vehicle Care

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled or parts are improperlyinstalled.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with GM approved DOT 3brake fluid as indicated on thereservoir cap. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 234 forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on alevel surface, the brake fluid levelshould be between the minimumand maximum marks on the brakefluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system. Have thebrake hydraulic system fixed.With a leak, the brakes will notwork well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings are

installed. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake hydraulic system.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake hydraulicsystem.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight 0 126.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluidat the specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 325.


Vehicle Care 251

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 334.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

Refer to the replacement number onthe original battery label when anew battery is needed.

Some vehicles are equipped with anAbsorbant Glass Mat (AGM) 12-voltbattery. Installation of a standard12-volt battery will result in reducedbattery life. When using a 12-voltbattery charger, some chargershave an AGM battery setting on thecharger. If available, use the AGMsetting on the charger whencharging an AGM battery. Follow thecharger manufacture's instructions.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to cause

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

cancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 230 and the backcover.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting -North America 0 307 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.


252 Vehicle Care

Infrequent Usage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery to keep the battery fromrunning down.

Extended Storage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery or use a battery tricklecharger.

Fuel Filter

The fuel filter is under the vehicle onthe driver side in front of the left reartire. For replacement of the filter,see Fuel Filter Replacement(Diesel) 0 222. Also see

Maintenance Schedule 0 325 forrecommended draining andreplacement intervals.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Apply both the parking brakeand the regular brake.

Do not use the acceleratorpedal, and be ready to turn offthe engine immediately if itstarts.

3. Try to start the engine in eachgear. The vehicle should startonly in P (Park) or N (Neutral).

If the vehicle starts in any otherposition, contact your dealer forservice.

Automatic TransmissionShift Lock ControlFunction Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.

2. Apply the parking brake. Beready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.


Vehicle Care 253

3. With the engine off, turn theignition on, but do not start theengine. Without applying theregular brake, try to move theshift lever out of P (Park) withnormal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Ignition TransmissionLock CheckIf equipped with a Key Accessignition, while parked and with theparking brake set, try to turn theignition off in each shift leverposition.

. The ignition should turn off onlywhen the shift lever is inP (Park).

. The key should come out onlywhen the ignition is off.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe parking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shift toP (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear and cracking.See the Maintenance Schedule0 325.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For proper type andlength, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 335.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiperblade is installed could damagethe windshield. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered by

(Continued)


254 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

the vehicle warranty. Do not allowthe wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

Front Wiper BladeReplacement

To replace the windshield wiperblade:

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield.

2. Press the button in the middleof the wiper arm connector,and pull the wiper blade awayfrom the arm connector.

3. Remove the wiper blade.

4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement(Liftgate Models)

1. Pull the wiper arm away fromthe glass until it locks in place.

2. Push the tip of the bladeassembly past its normal rangeof movement. It can then beremoved from the wiper arm.

3. Remove the wiper blade fromthe blade assembly.

It may require extra effort toremove the old blade.

4. Reverse Steps 1–3 to installthe new blade.

Windshield Replacement

Driver Assistance Systems

If the windshield needs to bereplaced and the vehicle isequipped with a front camera sensorfor the Driver Assistance Systems, aGM replacement windshield isrecommended. The replacementwindshield must be installedaccording to GM specifications forproper alignment. If it is not, thesesystems may not work properly, theymay display messages, or they maynot work at all. See your dealer forproper windshield replacement.


Vehicle Care 255

Gas Strut(s)This vehicle is equipped with gasstrut(s) to provide assistance inlifting and holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full openposition.

{ Warning

If the gas struts that hold openthe hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail,you or others could be seriouslyinjured. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service immediately.Visually inspect the gas struts forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage periodically. Check tomake sure the hood/trunk/liftgateis held open with enough force.If struts are failing to hold thehood/trunk/liftgate, do notoperate. Have the vehicleserviced.

Caution

Do not apply tape or hang anyobjects from gas struts. Also donot push down or pull on gasstruts. This may cause damage tothe vehicle.

See Maintenance Schedule 0 325.

Hood

Trunk

Liftgate


256 Vehicle Care

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, or any bulb changingprocedure not listed in this section,contact your dealer.

Caution

Do not replace incandescentbulbs with aftermarket LEDreplacement bulbs. This cancause damage to the vehicleelectrical system.

Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning

Halogen bulbs have pressurizedgas inside and can burst if youdrop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.For replacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

Headlamps and FrontTurn Signal

Base Level Assembly

1. Turn Signal Lamp2. High-Beam Headlamp3. Low-Beam Headlamp


Vehicle Care 257

Uplevel Assembly

1. Turn Signal Lamp2. High-Beam/Low-Beam

Headlamp

High-Beam Headlamp/Low-Beam Headlamp

1. Open the hood. See Hood0 232.

2. For the driver side bulb,remove the windshield washerbottle filler neck by unclipping itfrom the tie bar and firmlypulling it straight up and out ofthe bottle.

3. For the passenger side,disengage the air cleaner, andpush it aside to allow easieraccess to the bulb cover.

4. Remove the bulb cover byturning counterclockwise.

5. Remove the bulb socket fromthe headlamp assembly byturning counterclockwise.

6. Remove the bulb socket fromthe plug connector.

7. Attach the new bulb socket tothe plug connector.

8. Install the bulb socket from theheadlamp assembly by turningclockwise.

9. Install the bulb cover by turningclockwise.

10. For the driver side, reinstall thewindshield washer bottle fillerneck by firmly pushing itstraight into the bottle andreattaching it to the tie bar.

11. For the passenger side,reattach the air cleaner.

Turn Signal Lamp

1. Open the hood. See Hood0 232.

2. For the driver side bulb,remove the windshield washerbottle filler neck by unclipping itfrom the tie bar and firmlypulling it straight up and out ofthe bottle.

3. Remove the bulb socket byturning counterclockwise.

4. Remove the bulb from thesocket by pulling it straight out.

5. Install the new bulb by pushingit into the bulb socket.

6. Install the bulb socket to theheadlamp assembly by turningclockwise.

7. For the driver side, reinstall thewindshield washer bottle fillerneck by firmly pushing itstraight into the bottle andreattaching it to the tie bar.


258 Vehicle Care

Fog Lamps

Front Fog Lamps

The front fog lamps can beaccessed from the bottom of thevehicle. To replace one of the foglamp bulbs:


1. Turn the bulb holdercounterclockwise and remove itfrom the reflector.

2. Disengage the bulb socketfrom the plug connector bypressing the retaining lug (1)and pulling the oppositeside (2) away from theconnector.

3. Replace the bulb and reverseSteps 1 and 2 to reinstall.

Taillamps and Back-UpLamps

Decklid Back-Up Lamp andTaillamp

Base Level Assembly

1. Back-Up Lamp2. Taillamp


Vehicle Care 259

Uplevel Assembly

1. Back-Up Lamp

1. Open the trunk.

2. Remove and retain thepushpins securing the flocking.Pull back the flocking toexpose the bulb sockets.

3. Remove the bulb socket byturning counterclockwise andpulling it straight out.


5. Install the new bulb in the bulbsocket.

6. Install the bulb socket byturning clockwise.

7. Push the flocking back intoplace and secure with theretained pushpins.

Liftgate Back-Up Lamp andTaillamp

Base Level Assembly

1. Taillamp2. Wing Nut

Uplevel Assembly

1. Back-Up Lamp2. Wing Nut

1. Open the liftgate.

2. Remove the service trim cover.

3. Remove the wing nut.

4. Remove the liftgate lampassembly.

5. Remove the bulb socket byturning counterclockwise andpulling it straight out.



260 Vehicle Care

7. Install the new bulb in the bulbsocket.

8. Install the bulb socket byturning clockwise.

9. Install the lamp assembly andtighten the wing nut.

10. Reinstall the service trim cover.

Taillamp

Base Level Assembly

1. Side Marker/Stop/Taillamp/Turn Signal Lamp

Uplevel Assembly

1. Side Marker Lamp2. Stop Lamp3. Turn Signal Lamp

To replace this bulb:

1. Open the trunk.

2. For the passenger side,remove and retain one pushpinand pull back the flocking. Thedriver side has an access portand does not require theremoval of any pins.

3. Remove the three screws thatsecure the taillamp assembly.

4. Remove the taillamp assemblyby pulling it straight back.

5. Remove the bulb socket fromthe taillamp assembly byturning it counterclockwise.


7. Install a new bulb into the bulbsocket.

8. Install the bulb socket into thetaillamp assembly by turning itclockwise.


Vehicle Care 261

9. Install the taillamp assemblyand tighten the three screws.

10. Push the flocking back intoplace and reinstall any retainedpushpins.

Taillamp (Liftgate Models)

Base Level Assembly

1. Turn Signal Lamp2. Taillamp

Uplevel Assembly

1. Turn Signal Lamp2. Stop Lamp3. Side Marker Lamp

1. Open the liftgate.

2. Remove the two screw capsand the two screws that securethe taillamp assembly.

3. Remove the taillamp assemblyby pulling it straight back.

4. Remove the bulb socket fromthe taillamp assembly byturning it counterclockwise.


6. Install a new bulb into the bulbsocket.

7. Install the bulb socket into thetaillamp assembly by turning itclockwise.


262 Vehicle Care

8. Install the taillamp assemblyand tighten the two screws.

9. Install the two screw covers.

License Plate Lamp(Liftgate Models)

Lamp Assembly

Bulb Assembly

1. Bulb Socket2. Bulb3. Lamp Assembly

To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Open the liftgate partway. SeeLiftgate 0 47.

2. Push the lamp assemblyoutboard to remove.

3. Pull the lamp assembly downto remove it from the liftgate.

4. Turn the bulb socket (1)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the lamp assembly (3).

5. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket (1).

6. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socketand turn the bulb socketclockwise to install it into thelamp assembly.

7. Push the lamp assembly intothe liftgate engaging the clipside first.

8. Push on the lamp side oppositethe clip until the lamp assemblysnaps into place.


Vehicle Care 263

Electrical System

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectpower devices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can beborrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewipers. If the wiper motor overheats,the windshield wipers will stop untilthe motor cools and the wipercontrol is turned off.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice maycause wiper linkage damage.Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuitbreakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused byelectrical problems.

{ Danger

Fuses and circuit breakers aremarked with their ampere rating.Do not exceed thespecified amperage rating whenreplacing fuses and circuitbreakers. Use of an oversizedfuse or circuit breaker can resultin a vehicle fire. You and otherscould be seriously injured orkilled.


264 Vehicle Care

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replacea bad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon aspossible.

Engine CompartmentFuse Block

To remove the fuse block cover,squeeze the clips and swing it up.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.


Vehicle Care 265


266 Vehicle Care

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

F01 Starter

F02 Starter

F03 O2 sensor

F04 Engine controlmodule

F05 Aero shutter/Fuel flex

F06 Transmission controlmodule

F07 –

F08 Engine controlmodule

F09 A/C

F10 Canister vent

F11 Heated seats

F12 CGM

F13 –

F14 Diesel NOx/CVT8transmission

Fuses Usage

F15 O2 sensor

F16 Fuel injection

F17 Fuel injection

F18 SCR module

F19 Diesel NOx/Coolantmotor

F20 –

F21 DC/AC converter

F22 ABS system

F23 Windshield washer/Rear windows

F24 –

F25 Diesel fuel heating

F26 Transmission

F27 –

F28 –

F29 Rear windowdefogger

F30 Mirror defogger

F31 –

Fuses Usage

F32 Display LED/DC DCconverter/FPPM/Electrical heater/A/Cmodule

F33 Anti-theftwarning horn

F34 Horn

F35 Trunk power outlet

F36 Right high-beamheadlamp

F37 Left high-beamheadlamp

F38 –

F39 Front fog lamps

F40 AIR solenoid

F41 Switchable waterpump/Water in fuelsensor

F42 Manual headlampleveling

F43 Fuel pump


Vehicle Care 267

Fuses Usage

F44 Interior rearviewmirror/Rear visioncamera/Trailer

F45 Heated steeringwheel

F46 Instrument cluster

F47 Steering column lock

F48 Rear wiper

F49 –

F50 –

F51 –

F52 Engine/Transmissioncontrol module

F53 –

F54 Windshield wiper

F55 –

F56 –

F57 –

Relays Usage

K01 Starter

K02 A/C control

K03 Engine functions

K04 –

K05 Starter

K06 Diesel fuel heating/Secondary airinduction

K07 Right low-beamheadlamp/Rightdaytimerunning lamp

K08 Transmission

K09 Diesel NOx

K10 Fuel pump

Relays Usage

K11 –

K12 High-beamheadlamps

K13 Left daytime runninglamp/Left low-beamheadlamp

K14 Run/Crank

K15 Mirror defogger/Rearwindow defogger/Anti-theft warningsensor


268 Vehicle Care

Additional fuses are located nearthe vehicle battery.

Fuses Usage

1 Engine controlmodule

2 Fuel pump

3 Transmission controlmodule

4 Power supply

Instrument Panel FuseBlock

The instrument panel fuse block isin the center of the console, underthe climate controls. To access thefuses:

1. Open the fuse block cover bypulling out at the top.

2. Remove the lower edge of thecover.

3. Remove the cover.

To reinstall the cover, reverse thesteps.


Vehicle Care 269


270 Vehicle Care

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

F1 –

F2 Blower

F3 Driver power seat

F4 Front power outlet

F5 –

F6 Front powerwindows

F7 ABS valves

F8 CGM

F9 Body controlmodule 8

F10 Rear power windows

F11 Sunroof


F13 Heated front seats

Fuses Usage

F14 Exterior mirrors/Lanekeep assist/High-beamheadlamp autocontrol





F19 Data link connector

F20 Airbag

F21 A/C

F22 Trunk release

F23 Passive entry/Passive start

F24 AOS (AutomaticOccupant Sensing)system

Fuses Usage

F25 Steering wheelillumination switch

F26 Ignition switch


F28 Amplifier

F29 USB charge

F30 Shift leverillumination

F31 Rear wiper

F32 Virtual key system

F33 DC AC converter

F34 Park Assist/Sideblind zone alert/Infotainment/USB

F35 OnStar

F36 Display/Cluster

F37 Radio


Vehicle Care 271

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 166.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overall


272 Vehicle Care

performance on most road surfacesand weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires 0 272.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow covered

roads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires 0 287.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Low-Profile TiresIf the vehicle has 225/45R17 orP225/40R18 size tires, they areclassified as low-profile tires.

Caution

Low-profile tires are moresusceptible to damage from roadhazards or curb impact thanstandard profile tires. Tire and/orwheel assembly damage canoccur when coming into contactwith road hazards like potholes,or sharp edged objects, or whensliding into a curb. The warrantydoes not cover this type ofdamage. Keep tires set to thecorrect inflation pressure andwhen possible, avoid contact withcurbs, potholes, and other roadhazards.


Vehicle Care 273

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger vehicle tire and acompact spare tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection.

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture : The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate thetire manufactured date. The firsttwo digits represent the week(01–52) and the last two digits,the year. For example, the third

week of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperature


274 Vehicle Care

resistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 289.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

Compact Spare Tire Example

(1) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(2) Temporary Use Only : Thecompact spare tire or temporaryuse tire should not be driven atspeeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).The compact spare tire is foremergency use when a regularroad tire has lost air and goneflat. If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, see Compact SpareTire 0 306 and If a Tire GoesFlat 0 292.

(3) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(4) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

(5) Tire Inflation : Thetemporary use tire or compactspare tire should be inflated to420 kPa (60 psi). For moreinformation on tire pressure andinflation see Tire Pressure0 278.

(6) Tire Size : A combination ofletters and numbers define atire's width, height, aspect ratio,construction type, and servicedescription. The letter T as thefirst character in the tire sizemeans the tire is for temporaryuse only.

(7) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specification


Vehicle Care 275

code molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicletire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem 3 of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias plyconstruction; and the letter Bmeans belted-bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of the

tire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch ofthe tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories areautomatic transmission, powerwindows, power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.


276 Vehicle Care

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcingmaterials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressure0 278.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including the

maximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limits0 166.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 166.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 166.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tirethat must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.


Vehicle Care 277

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 166.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard. See TirePressure 0 278 and VehicleLoad Limits 0 166.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm(1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tires0 286.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tiremanufacturers using


278 Vehicle Care

government testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 289.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 166.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehiclecapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits 0 166.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.

{ Warning

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 166.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.


Vehicle Care 279

When to Check

Check the tires once a month ormore. Do not forget the compactspare, if the vehicle has one.The cold compact spare tirepressure should be at 420 kPa(60 psi). See Compact SpareTire 0 306.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check tire pressure.Proper tire inflation cannot bedetermined by looking at the tire.Check the tire inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold, meaningthe vehicle has not been drivenfor at least three hours or nomore than 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget a pressure measurement.

If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure is high, presson the metal stem in the centerof the tire valve to release air.

Recheck the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensorscould be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation

{ Warning

Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h(100mph) or higher, putsadditional strain on tires.Sustained high-speed drivingcauses excessive heat buildupand can cause sudden tire failure.This could cause a crash, andyou or others could be killed.Some high-speed rated tiresrequire inflation pressureadjustment for high-speedoperation. When speed limits androad conditions allow the vehicleto be driven at high speeds, makesure the tires are rated forhigh-speed operation, are inexcellent condition, and are set tothe correct cold tire inflationpressure for the vehicle load.

Vehicles with P225/40R18 size tiresrequire inflation pressure adjustmentwhen driving the vehicle at speeds


280 Vehicle Care

of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher.Set the cold tire inflation pressure to7 kPa (1 psi) above therecommended cold tire pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

Return the tires to therecommended cold tire inflationpressure when high-speed drivinghas ended. See Vehicle Load Limits0 166 and Tire Pressure 0 278.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle has

tires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation has

not reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or


Vehicle Care 281

alternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 281.


Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMSsensors monitor the air pressure inthe tires and transmit the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lightlocated on the instrument cluster.If the warning light comes on, stopas soon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 166.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tirepressure levels can be viewed.

For additional information anddetails about the DIC operation anddisplays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Base Level) 0 132 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 135.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Informationlabel, attached to your vehicle,shows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 166, for an example of theTire and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TirePressure 0 278.


282 Vehicle Care

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspection0 285, Tire Rotation 0 285 and Tires0 271.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kitsuse a GM-approved liquid tiresealant. Using non-approved tiresealants could damage the TPMSsensors. See Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 294 forinformation regarding the inflator kitmaterials and instructions.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire pressure warning lightflashes for about one minute andthen stays on for the remainder ofthe ignition cycle. A DIC warningmessage also displays. Themalfunction light and DIC warningmessage come on at each ignitioncycle until the problem is corrected.Some of the conditions that cancause these to come on are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight and DIC message shouldgo off after the road tire isreplaced and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See “TPMS SensorMatching Process” later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off aftersuccessfully completing thesensor matching process. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. Seeyour dealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 287.


Vehicle Care 283. Operating electronic devices or

being near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly it cannot detect or signal alow tire pressure condition. Seeyour dealer for service if the TPMSmalfunction light and DIC messagecomes on and stays on.

Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)

This feature provides visual andaudible alerts outside the vehicle tohelp when inflating an underinflatedtire to the recommended cold tirepressure.

When the low tire pressure warninglight comes on:

1. Park the vehicle in a safe, levelplace.

2. Set the parking brake firmly.

3. Place the vehicle in P (Park).

4. Add air to the tire that isunderinflated. The turn signallamp will flash.

When the recommendedpressure is reached, the hornsounds once and the turnsignal lamp will stop flashingand briefly turn solid.

Repeat these steps for allunderinflated tires that haveilluminated the low tire pressurewarning light.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Do notexceed the maximum pressurelisted on the tire sidewall.See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 273and Vehicle Load Limits 0 166.

If the tire is overinflated by morethan 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn willsound multiple times and the turnsignal lamp will continue to flash forseveral seconds after filling stops.To release and correct the pressure,while the turn signal lamp is stillflashing, briefly press the center of

the valve stem. When therecommended pressure is reached,the horn sounds once.

If the turn signal lamp does not flashwithin 15 seconds after starting toinflate the tire, the tire fill alert hasnot been activated or is not working.

If the hazard warning flashers areon, the tire fill alert visual feedbackwill not work properly.

The TPMS will not activate the tirefill alert properly under the followingconditions:

. There is interference from anexternal device or transmitter.

. The air pressure from theinflation device is not sufficientto inflate the tire.

. There is a malfunction inthe TPMS.

. There is a malfunction in thehorn or turn signal lamps.

. The identification code of theTPMS sensor is not registered tothe system.


284 Vehicle Care. The battery of the TPMS sensor

is low.

If the tire fill alert does not operatedue to TPMS interference, move thevehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back orforward and try again. If the tire fillalert feature is not working, use atire pressure gauge.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one ormore of the TPMS sensors. TheTPMS sensor matching processshould also be performed afterreplacing a spare tire with a roadtire containing the TPMS sensor.The malfunction light and the DICmessage should go off at the nextignition cycle. The sensors arematched to the tire/wheel positions,using a TPMS relearn tool, in thefollowing order: driver side front tire,

passenger side front tire, passengerside rear tire, and driver side rear.See your dealer for service or topurchase a relearn tool. A TPMSrelearn tool can also be purchased.See Tire Pressure Monitor SensorActivation Tool atwww.gmtoolsandequipment.com orcall 1-800-GM TOOLS(1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Turn the ignition on withoutstarting the vehicle or place thevehicle in Service Mode.See Ignition Positions (KeylessAccess) 0 171 or IgnitionPositions (Key Access) 0 172.

3. Uplevel DIC Only: Make surethe Tire Pressure info pageoption is turned on. The infopages on the DIC can beturned on and off through theOptions menu. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 132 or DriverInformation Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 135.

4. If the vehicle has an uplevelDIC, use the DIC controls onthe right side of the steeringwheel to scroll to the TirePressure screen under the DICinfo page.

If the vehicle has a base levelDIC, press MENU to select theVehicle Information Menu inthe DIC. Use the thumbwheelto scroll to the Tire PressureMenu item screen.

5. If the vehicle has an uplevelDIC, press and hold the V(Set/Reset) button in the centerof the DIC controls.


Vehicle Care 285

If the vehicle has a base levelDIC, press SET/CLR to beginthe sensor matching process.

A message requestingacceptance of the process maydisplay.

If the vehicle has a base levelDIC, press SET/CLR again toconfirm the selection.

The horn sounds twice tosignal the receiver is in relearnmode and the TIRELEARNING ACTIVE messagedisplays on the DIC screen.

6. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

7. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button toactivate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

8. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat the procedurein Step 7. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.


12. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 mi). SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 325.


286 Vehicle Care

Tires are rotated to achieve amore uniform wear for all tires.The first rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment. See When It Is Timefor New Tires 0 286 and WheelReplacement 0 291.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

Do not include the compactspare tire in the tire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated.See Tire Pressure 0 278 andVehicle Load Limits 0 166.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 281.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 339.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could come

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

off and cause a crash. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change ortire rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not getgrease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.


Vehicle Care 287

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining.See Tire Inspection 0 285 and TireRotation 0 285.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after six

years, regardless of tread wear. Thetire manufacture date is the last fourdigits of the DOT Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN) which is molded intoone side of the tire sidewall. Thefirst two digits represent the week(01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the third week ofthe year 2010 would have afour-digit DOT date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow aging. This area should be freeof grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of thevehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC Spec number


288 Vehicle Care

will be followed by MS for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 273.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 285. However, if it isnecessary to replace only oneaxle set of worn tires, place thenew tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, Y and ZR speed ratedtires. Never exceed the winter

tires’ maximum speed capabilitywhen using winter tires with alower speed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes,brands, or types may causeloss of control of the vehicle,resulting in a crash or othervehicle damage. Use thecorrect size, brand, and typeof tires on all wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 280.


Vehicle Care 289

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits0 166.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety if

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

tires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 287 andAccessories and Modifications0 231.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls of

most passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:


290 Vehicle Care

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions onspecified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoor

laboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level ofperformance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.


Vehicle Care 291

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear or thevehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels may needto be rebalanced. See your dealerfor proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.

Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tire or tirechain clearance to the body andchassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.


292 Vehicle Care

Tire Chains

{ Warning

If the vehicle has 225/45R17 orP225/40R18 size tires, do not usetire chains. There is not enoughclearance. Tire chains used on avehicle without the proper amountof clearance can cause damageto the brakes, suspension,or other vehicle parts. The areadamaged by the tire chains couldcause loss of control and a crash.Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for the vehicle'stire size combination and roadconditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels. Iftraction devices are used, installthem on the front tires.

Caution

If the vehicle is equipped with195/65R15 or 205/55R16 sizetires, use tire chains only wherelegal and only when necessary.Use low profile chains that add nomore than 12 mm thickness to thetire tread and inner sidewall. Usechains that are the proper size forthe tires. Install them on the tiresof the front axle. Do not usechains on the tires of the rearaxle. Tighten them as tightly aspossible with the ends securelyfastened. Drive slowly and followthe chain manufacturer'sinstructions. If the chains contactthe vehicle, stop and retightenthem. If the contact continues,slow down until it stops. Drivingtoo fast or spinning the wheelswith chains on will damage thevehicle.

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. See Tires0 271. If air goes out of a tire, it ismuch more likely to leak out slowly.But if there is ever a blowout, hereare a few tips about what to expectand what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.


Vehicle Care 293

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tirethat has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used for

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

anything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place, well off the road,if possible. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 147.

{ Warning

Changing a tire can bedangerous. The vehicle can slipoff the jack and roll over or fallcausing injury or death. Find alevel place to change the tire. Tohelp prevent the vehicle frommoving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

2. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in1 (First) or R (Reverse).

3. Turn off the engine and donot restart while the vehicleis raised.

4. Do not allow passengers toremain in the vehicle.

5. Place wheel blocks,if equipped, on both sides ofthe tire at the oppositecorner of the tire beingchanged.

This vehicle may come with a jackand spare tire or a tire sealant andcompressor kit. To use the jackingequipment to change a spare tiresafely, follow the instructions below.Then see Tire Changing 0 301. Touse the tire sealant and compressorkit, see Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 294.


294 Vehicle Care

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),use the following example as aguide to assist you in the placementof wheel blocks (1), if equipped.

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)2. Flat Tire

The following information explainshow to repair or change a tire.

Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit

{ Warning

Idling a vehicle in an enclosedarea with poor ventilation isdangerous. Engine exhaust may

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

enter the vehicle. Engine exhaustcontains carbon monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousnessand even death. Never run theengine in an enclosed area thathas no fresh air ventilation. Formore information, see EngineExhaust 0 182.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the tire sealantand compressor kit instructionsand inflate the tire to itsrecommended pressure. Do notexceed the recommendedpressure.

{ Warning

Storing the tire sealant andcompressor kit or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store the tiresealant and compressor kit in itsoriginal location.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit, there may not be aspare tire or tire changingequipment, and on some vehiclesthere may not be a place to storea tire.

The tire sealant and compressorcan be used to temporarily sealpunctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) inthe tread area of the tire. It can alsobe used to inflate anunderinflated tire.

If the tire has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a large puncture, the tire istoo severely damaged for the tire


Vehicle Care 295

sealant and compressor kit to beeffective. See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 346.

Read and follow all of the tiresealant and compressor kitinstructions.

The kit includes:

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve2. Sealant/Air Hose3. Base of Sealant Canister4. Tire Sealant Canister5. On/Off Button6. Slot on Top of Compressor7. Pressure Deflation Button8. Pressure Gauge

9. Power Plug10. Air Only Hose

Tire Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered tothe tire sealant canister (4).

Check the tire sealant expirationdate on the tire sealant canister.The tire sealant canister (4) shouldbe replaced before its expirationdate. Replacement tire sealantcanisters are available at your localdealer.

There is only enough sealant to sealone tire. After usage, the tire sealantcanister must be replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit to TemporarilySeal and Inflate aPunctured Tire

When using the tire sealant andcompressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in aheated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tirefaster.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 147.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 292 forother important safety warnings.

Do not remove any objects thathave penetrated the tire.

1. Remove the tire sealantcanister (4) and compressorfrom its storage location. SeeStoring the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 300.

2. Remove the air only hose (10)and the power plug (9) from thebottom of the compressor.


296 Vehicle Care

3. Place the compressor on theground near the flat tire.

4. Attach the air only hose (10) tothe sealant canister inletvalve (1) by turning it clockwiseuntil tight.

5. Slide the base of the tiresealant canister (3) into the sloton the top of the compressor(6) to hold it upright.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

6. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2)to the tire valve stem by turningit clockwise until tight.

8. Plug the power plug (9) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 113.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.


Vehicle Care 297

9. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

10. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will injectsealant and air into the tire.

The pressure gauge (8) willinitially show a high pressurewhile the compressor pushesthe sealant into the tire. Oncethe sealant is completelydispersed into the tire, thepressure will quickly drop andstart to rise again as the tireinflates with air only.

11. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (8). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 278.

The pressure gauge (8) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressor

is on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressurereading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 346.

12. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

The tire is not sealed and willcontinue to leak air until thevehicle is driven and thesealant is distributed in the tire.

Therefore, Steps 13–21 mustbe done immediately afterStep 12.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

13. Unplug the power plug (9) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

15. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

16. Remove the tire sealantcanister (4) from the slot on topof the compressor (6).

17. Turn the air only hose (10)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire sealant canisterinlet valve (1).

18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)clockwise onto the sealantcanister inlet valve (1) toprevent sealant leakage.


298 Vehicle Care

19. Return the air only hose (10)and power plug (9) back totheir original storage location.

20. If the flat tire was able to inflateto the recommended inflationpressure, remove themaximum speed label from thesealant canister and place it ina highly visible location.

Do not exceed the speed onthis label until the damaged tireis repaired or replaced.

21. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

22. Immediately drive the vehicle8 km (5 mi) to distribute thesealant in the tire.

23. Stop at a safe location andcheck the tire pressure. Referto Steps 1–10 under “Using the

Tire Sealant and CompressorKit without Sealant to Inflate aTire (Not Punctured).”

If the tire pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi)below the recommendedinflation pressure, stop drivingthe vehicle. The tire is tooseverely damaged and the tiresealant cannot seal the tire.See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 346.

If the tire pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommendedinflation pressure, inflate thetire to the recommendedinflation pressure.

24. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tire, or vehicle.

25. Dispose of the used tiresealant canister (4) at a localdealer or in accordance withlocal state codes and practices.

26. Replace it with a new canisteravailable from your dealer.

27. After temporarily sealing a tireusing the tire sealant andcompressor kit, take thevehicle to an authorized dealerwithin 161 km (100 mi) ofdriving to have the tire repairedor replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit withoutSealant to Inflate a Tire (NotPunctured)

The kit includes:

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve2. Sealant/Air Hose3. Base of Sealant Canister


Vehicle Care 299

4. Tire Sealant Canister5. On/Off Button6. Slot on Top of Compressor7. Pressure Deflation Button8. Pressure Gauge

9. Power Plug10. Air Only Hose

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 147.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 292 forother important safety warnings.

1. Remove the compressor fromits storage location. SeeStoring the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 300.

2. Remove the air only hose (10)and the power plug (9) from thebottom of the compressor.

3. Place the compressor on theground near the flat tire.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

4. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (10) tothe tire valve stem by turning itclockwise until tight.

6. Plug the power plug (9) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 113.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

8. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will inflate thetire with air only.

9. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (8). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 278.

The pressure gauge (8) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressure


300 Vehicle Care

reading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 346.

10. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thecompressor as it could bewarm after usage.

11. Unplug the power plug (9) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

12. Turn the air only hose (10)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

13. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

14. Return the air only hose (10)and power plug (9) back totheir original storage location.

15. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

The tire sealant and compressor kithas accessory adapters located in acompartment on the bottom of itshousing that can be used to inflateair mattresses, balls, etc.

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor KitThe tire sealant and compressor kitis in the trunk under the load floor.

To remove the kit:

1. Open the trunk or liftgate.See Trunk 0 46 or Liftgate0 47.

2. Remove the compressor (1)and the tire sealantcanister (2).

To store the inflator kit, reverse thesteps.


Vehicle Care 301

Tire Changing

Removing the Spare Tire andTools

To access the spare tire and tools:

Vehicles with a Trunk

1. Tow Hook2. Jack3. Wrench4. Screwdriver (If Equipped)

Vehicles with a Liftgate

1. Jack2. Wrench3. Tow Hook4. Strap

1. Open the trunk or liftgate.See Trunk 0 46 or Liftgate0 47.

2. Lift the load floor.

3. Turn the retainer nutcounterclockwise and removethe spare tire. Place the sparetire next to the tire beingchanged.

4. The jack and tools are storedunder the spare tire. Removethem from their container andplace them near the tire beingchanged.


302 Vehicle Care

Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire

1. Do a safety check beforeproceeding. See If a Tire GoesFlat 0 292.

2. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosen allthe wheel nuts, but do notremove them yet.

3. Place the jack near the flat tire.

4. Place the jack under thevehicle.

5. Put the compact spare tirenear you.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured orkilled. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned candamage the vehicle and evenmake the vehicle fall. To helpavoid personal injury and vehicledamage, be sure to fit the jack lifthead into the proper locationbefore raising the vehicle.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

Caution

Make sure that the jack lift headis in the correct position or youmay damage your vehicle. Therepairs would not be covered byyour warranty.


Vehicle Care 303

6. Position the jack lift head at thejack location nearest the flattire. The location is indicatedby a notch on the bottom edgeof the body side.

The jack must not be used inany other position.

7. Raise the vehicle by turning thejack handle clockwise. Raisethe vehicle far enough off theground so there is enough

room for the road tire to clearthe ground. Do not raise thejack any further.

8. Remove all of the wheel nuts.

9. Remove the flat tire.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause a crash. Whenchanging a wheel, remove any

(Continued)


304 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

rust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

10. Remove any rust or dirt fromthe wheel bolts, mountingsurfaces, and spare wheel.

11. Place the compact spare tireon the wheel-mounting surface.

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on boltsor nuts because the nuts mightcome loose. The vehicle's wheelcould fall off, causing a crash.

12. Reinstall the wheel nuts.Tighten each nut by hand untilthe wheel is held againstthe hub.

13. Lower the vehicle by turningthe jack handlecounterclockwise.

{ Warning

Wheel nuts that are improperly orincorrectly tightened can causethe wheels to become loose orcome off. The wheel nuts shouldbe tightened with a torque wrenchto the proper torque specificationafter replacing. Follow the torquespecification supplied by theaftermarket manufacturer when

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

using accessory locking wheelnuts. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 339 for originalequipment wheel nut torquespecifications.

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the propersequence and to the propertorque specification. SeeCapacities and Specifications0 339 for the wheel nut torquespecification.


Vehicle Care 305

14. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly ina crisscross sequence, asshown.

15. Lower the jack all the way andremove the jack from under thevehicle.

16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmlywith the wheel wrench.

When reinstalling the wheel cover orcenter cap on the full-size tire,tighten all five plastic caps handsnug with the aid of the wheelwrench and tighten them with thewheel wrench an additionalone-quarter of a turn.

Caution

Wheel covers will not fit on thevehicle's compact spare. If you tryto put a wheel cover on thecompact spare, the cover or thespare could be damaged.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tireand Tools

{ Warning

Storing a jack, a tire, or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store all these inthe proper place.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire andTools — Vehicles with a Trunk

1. Replace the jack and tools intheir original storage location.

2. Place the tire, lying flat, valvestem down in the sparetire well.

3. Turn the retainer nut clockwiseuntil tight.

4. Replace the load floor.

Storing a Flat Tire and Tools —Vehicles with a Liftgate

The spare tire wheel well is notdesigned to store a full size tire.A damaged full size tire must bestored on the load floor and securedwith the strap provided.

1. Replace the jack and tools intheir original storage location.


306 Vehicle Care

2. Open and remove the storagecompartment door. Store thedoor under the rear floorstorage cover.

3. Attach the loop end of the strapto the thread and secure it withthe wing nut.

4. Replace the load floor.

5. Place the tire, lying flat, valvestem up, on the right side ofthe load floor.

6. Route the strap hook throughthe wheel.

7. Route and attach the straparound the strut in the storagecompartment.

8. Tighten the strap and secure itusing the buckle.

Storing the Spare Tire and Tools— Vehicles with a Liftgate

Reverse the directions for removingthe jack, tools, and spare tire.

The compact spare is for temporaryuse only. Replace the compactspare tire with a full-size tire assoon as you can.

Compact Spare Tire

{ Warning

Driving with more than onecompact spare tire at a time couldresult in loss of braking andhandling. This could lead to acrash and you or others could beinjured. Use only one compactspare tire at a time.

If this vehicle has a compact sparetire, it was fully inflated when new;however, it can lose air over time.Check the inflation pressureregularly. It should be 420 kPa(60 psi).


Vehicle Care 307

Stop as soon as possible and checkthat the spare tire is correctlyinflated after being installed on thevehicle. The compact spare tire isdesigned for temporary use only.The vehicle will perform differentlywith the spare tire installed and it isrecommended that the vehiclespeed be limited to 80 km/h(50 mph). To conserve the tread ofthe spare tire, have the standard tirerepaired or replaced as soon asconvenient and return the spare tireto the storage area.

When using a compact spare tire,the AWD (if equipped), ABS, andTraction Control systems mayengage until the spare tire isrecognized by the vehicle,especially on slippery roads. Adjustdriving to reduce possiblewheel slip.

Caution

When the compact spare isinstalled, do not take the vehiclethrough an automatic car wash

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

with guide rails. The compactspare can get caught on the railswhich can damage the tire, wheel,and other parts of the vehicle.

Do not use the compact spare onother vehicles.

Do not mix the compact spare tire orwheel with other wheels or tires.They will not fit. Keep the spare tireand its wheel together.

Caution

Tire chains will not fit the compactspare. Using them can damagethe vehicle and the chains. Do notuse tire chains on the compactspare.

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery - NorthAmerica 0 251.

If the battery has run down, try touse another vehicle and somejumper cables to start your vehicle.Be sure to use the following steps todo it safely.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTER

(Continued)


308 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

HANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 230 and the backcover.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.


1. Discharged Battery PositiveTerminal

2. Discharged BatteryNegative GroundingTerminal

3. Good Battery NegativeTerminal

4. Good Battery PositiveTerminal

The jump start remote negativegrounding terminal (2) for thedischarged battery is on the driverside shock tower.

The jump start positive terminal onthe discharged battery (1) is locatedin the engine compartment on thedriver side of the vehicle.

The jump start positive terminal (4)and negative terminal (3) are on thebattery of the vehicle providing thejump start.

The positive jump start connectionfor the discharged battery is under atrim cover. Open the cover toexpose the terminal.

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.


Vehicle Care 309

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Position the two vehicles sothat they are not touching.

3. Set the parking brake firmlyand put the shift lever inP (Park) with an automatictransmission, or Neutral with amanual transmission. SeeShifting Into Park 0 180 with anautomatic transmission.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehicle

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

warranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off alllights and accessories in bothvehicles, except the hazardwarning flashers if needed.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can injure you. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode.People have been hurt doing this,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

and some have been blinded.Use a flashlight if you need morelight.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and getmedical help immediately.

{ Warning

Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you badly. Keepyour hands away from movingparts once the engine is running.

5. Connect one end of the redpositive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal on thedischarged battery.


310 Vehicle Care

6. Connect the other end of thered positive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal of the goodbattery.

7. Connect one end of the blacknegative (–) cable to thenegative (–) terminal of thegood battery.

8. Connect the other end of theblack negative (–) cable to thenegative (–) grounding terminalfor the discharged battery.

9. Start the engine in the vehiclewith the good battery and runthe engine at idle speed for atleast four minutes.

10. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shorting

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

may occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not lashor hook to suspensioncomponents. Use the properstraps around the tires to securethe vehicle. Do not drag a lockedwheel/tire while loading thevehicle. Do not use a sling typelift to tow the vehicle. This coulddamage the vehicle.

GM recommends a flatbed tow truckto transport a disabled vehicle. Useramps to help reduce approachangles, if necessary. A towedvehicle should have its drive wheelsoff the ground. Contact RoadsideAssistance or a professional towingservice if the disabled vehicle mustbe towed.


Vehicle Care 311

Caution

Improper use of the tow eye cancause vehicle damage. Usecaution and low speeds toprevent damage to the vehicle.

If equipped with a tow eye, only usethe tow eye to pull the vehicle ontoa flatbed car carrier from a flat roadsurface. Do not use the tow eye topull the vehicle from snow, mud,or sand.

The tow eye is underneath the loadfloor, near the spare tire or thecompressor kit, if equipped.

Carefully open the cover in the grilleby using the small notch thatconceals the tow eye socket.

Install the tow eye into the socketand turn it until it is fully tightened.When the tow eye is removed,reinstall the cover with the notch inthe original position.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing refers totowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle, such as behind a motorhome. The two most common typesof recreational vehicle towing areknown as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing thevehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:

. Before towing the vehicle,become familiar with the locallaws that apply to recreationalvehicle towing. These laws mayvary by region.


312 Vehicle Care. The towing capacity of the

towing vehicle. Be sure to readthe tow vehicle manufacturer'srecommendations.

. How far the vehicle will betowed. Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. The proper towing equipment.See your dealer or traileringprofessional for additional adviceand equipmentrecommendations.

. Whether the vehicle is ready tobe towed. Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, make surethe vehicle is prepared to betowed.

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in frontof the vehicle grille could restrictairflow and cause damage to thetransmission. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehicle

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

warranty. If using a shield, onlyuse one that attaches to thetowing vehicle.

Dinghy Towing

Caution

If the vehicle is towed with all fourwheels on the ground, thedrivetrain components could bedamaged. The repairs would not

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not tow the vehiclewith all four wheels on theground.

Vehicles should not be towed withall four wheels on the ground. If thevehicle must be towed, a dollyshould be used. See "Dolly Towing"following.

Dolly Towing


Vehicle Care 313

To tow the vehicle with the two rearwheels on the ground and the frontwheels on a dolly:

1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.

2. Shift into P (Park).

3. Set the parking brake.

4. Clamp the steering wheel in astraight-ahead position with aclamping device designed fortowing.


6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.

7. Release the parking brake.

Caution

Towing the vehicle from the rearcould damage it. Also, repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Never have thevehicle towed from the rear.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 334.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from

(Continued)


314 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

Caution

Do not power wash anycomponent under the hood that

has thise symbol.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

This could cause damage thatwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash,follow the car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper and rear windowwiper, if equipped, must be off.Remove any accessories that maybe damaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer to

have the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.


Vehicle Care 315

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. To preventdamage always follow thesecleaning instructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals, and stripes.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in thissection.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhile they are dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.


316 Vehicle Care. Aftermarket appearance caps or

covers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshieldwhen washing the vehicle.

Shutter System

The vehicle may have a shuttersystem designed to help increasefuel economy. Keep the shuttersystem clean for proper operation.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and

a buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply weatherstrip lubricant onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequentapplication. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfacescan be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 334.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.


Vehicle Care 317

Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Wheel Trim

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and chromewheel trim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium chloride orcalcium chloride. These are usedon roads for conditions such as

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

dust and ice. Always wash thechrome with soap and water afterexposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage onwheels and wheel trim, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,or brushes. Use only GMapproved cleaners. Do not drivethe vehicle through an automaticcar wash that uses siliconecarbide tire/wheel cleaningbrushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspectdisc brake pads for wear and rotors

for surface condition. Inspect drumbrake linings/shoes for wear orcracks. Inspect all other brake parts.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properattachment, connections, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, decklid hinges, steelfuel door hinge, unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstripswith a clean cloth will make themlast longer, seal better, and not stickor squeak.


318 Vehicle Care

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush anycorrosive materials from theunderbody. Take care to thoroughlyclean any areas where mud andother debris can collect.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles andshould be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care”previously in this section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately remove

hand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applyall cleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with too muchpressure.


Vehicle Care 319. Do not use laundry detergents or

dishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning cloth


320 Vehicle Care

to a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to removedirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfiber clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently change

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 321

Caution (Continued)

the appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

If equipped, wash with warm waterand mild detergent. Do not usechlorine bleach. Rinse with coldwater, and then dry completely.

Care of Seat Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage:

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the pedals. Alwayscheck that the floor mats do notinterfere with the pedals.


322 Vehicle Care. Do not use a floor mat if the

vehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

Removing and Replacing theDriver and Front PassengerFloor Mats

If equipped, pull up on the rear ofthe floor mat to unlock each retainerand remove.

Reinstall by lining up the floor matretainer openings over the carpetretainers and snapping into position.

Make sure the floor mat is properlysecured in place.

Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


Service and Maintenance 323

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 323

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 325

Special Application ServicesSpecial ApplicationServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 337

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the place

for routine maintenance such as oilchanges and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

Do not have chemical flushes thatare not approved by GMperformed on the vehicle. Theuse of flushes, solvents, cleaners,or lubricants that are notapproved by GM could damagethe vehicle, requiring expensiverepairs that are not covered bythe vehicle warranty.


324 Service and Maintenance

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be morefrequent checks and services. TheAdditional Required Services -Normal are for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limits0 166.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel. Forgasoline engines, seeRecommended Fuel (Gasoline)0 215. For diesel engines, seeFuel for Diesel Engines 0 216.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain

. Frequently towing a trailer

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer tohave a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 231.



MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop

. Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 237.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflationpressures. See Tire Pressure0 278.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection 0 285.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See Washer Fluid0 248.

Once a Year (Minimum)

. On vehicles with diesel engines,it is recommended to drain thediesel fuel filter of water whenthe WATER IN FUEL -CONTACT SERVICE messagedisplays or a minimum of oncea year.

Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON DIC message displays, havethe engine oil and filter changedwithin the next 1 000 km/600 mi.If driven under the best conditions,the engine oil life system may notindicate the need for vehicle servicefor up to a year. The engine oil andfilter must be changed at least oncea year and the oil life system mustbe reset. Your trained dealertechnician can perform this work.If the engine oil life system is resetaccidentally, service the vehiclewithin 5 000 km/3,000 mi since thelast service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed.See Engine Oil Life System 0 240.

Air Conditioning Desiccant(Replace Every Seven Years)

The air conditioning system requiresmaintenance every seven years.This service requires replacement ofthe desiccant to help the longevityand efficient operation of the airconditioning system. This servicecan be complex. See your dealer.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation 0 285.

. Check engine oil level and oillife percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system. See EngineOil 0 237 and Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 240.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeCooling System 0 243.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 248.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 278.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 285.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.


326 Service and Maintenance. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.

If driving in dusty conditions,inspect the filter at each oilchange or more often asneeded. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 242.

. Inspect brake system. SeeExterior Care 0 313.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damage,including cracks or tears in therubber boots, loose or missingparts, or signs of wear at leastonce a year. See Exterior Care0 313.

. Inspect power steering forproper attachment, connections,binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc.

. Visually inspect halfshafts anddrive shafts for excessive wear,lubricant leaks, and/or damageincluding: tube dents or cracks,constant velocity joint oruniversal joint looseness,cracked or missing boots, looseor missing boot clamps, center

bearing excessive looseness,loose or missing fasteners, andaxle seal leaks.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 72.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 313.

. Check starter switch. See StarterSwitch Check 0 252.

. Check automatic transmissionshift lock control function. SeeAutomatic Transmission ShiftLock Control Function Check0 252.

. Check ignition transmission lock.See Ignition Transmission LockCheck 0 253.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) Mechanism Check0 253.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. If the holdopen ability is low, service thegas strut. See Gas Strut(s)0 255.

. Check tire sealant expirationdate, if equipped. See TireSealant and Compressor Kit0 294.

. Inspect sunroof track and seal,if equipped. See Sunroof 0 55.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Diesel Engine Only: Replace fuel filter. (3) @ @ @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (4) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect ignition coil boots. @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @

Diesel Engine Only: Replace timing belt, idlerpulley, and tensioner. @

Replace brake fluid. (7)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. @ @



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Normal

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(3) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. The diesel fuel filtercartridge may need to be replacedmore frequently, based on biodieselusage, driving in severe dustclimate or off-road driving or towinga trailer for extended periods.

(4) Or every four years, whichevercomes first.

(5) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 243.

(6) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(7) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 250.

(8) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 253.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Severe

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Diesel Engine Only: Replace fuel filter. (3) @ @ @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (4) @ @ @

Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect ignition coil boots. @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @

Diesel Engine Only: Replace timing belt, idlerpulley, and tensioner. @

Replace brake fluid. (7)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. @ @



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Severe

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(3) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. The diesel fuel filtercartridge may need to be replacedmore frequently, based on biodieselusage, driving in severe dustclimate or off-road driving or towinga trailer for extended periods.

(4) Or every four years, whichevercomes first.

(5) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 243.

(6) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(7) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 250.

(8) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 253.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every oil change.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in Exterior Care0 313.



AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealer canalso perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.

Battery

The battery supplies power to startthe engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.

. To avoid break-down or failure tostart the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

. A message may indicate whenscheduled maintenance on thetiming belt and othercomponents is required.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.



Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 334 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshieldwasher fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.

Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may includesteering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signsof leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel,and can reduce the risk of tirefailure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.


Service and Maintenance 333. Trained dealer technicians can

inspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 318 andExterior Care 0 313.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment mayneed to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.

. Signs of damage includescratches, cracks, and chips.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Automatic Transmission(Except ECO)

DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Automatic Transmission (ECO Only) CVT Fluid (GM Part No. 19355873, in Canada 19355874).

Diesel Exhaust Aftertreatment System Diesel Exhaust Fluid (GM Part No. 19286291, in Canada 88865751) ordiesel exhaust fluid that meets ISO 22241-1 or displays the API DieselExhaust Fluid Certification Mark.

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.See Cooling System 0 243.

Engine Oil (Diesel) Engine oil meeting the dexos2 specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. ACDelco dexos2 is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 237.

Engine Oil (Gasoline) Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil0 237.

Hood Latch Assembly, SecondaryLatch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and

Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, inCanada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,Category LB or GC-LB.

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, inCanada 19353127).



Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and DoorHinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orequivalent.

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.

Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified here by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

1.4L L4 Gas Engine (LE2) 13367308 A3202C

1.6L L4 Diesel Engine (LH7) 39030321 A3220C

Engine Oil Filter

1.4L L4 Gas Engine (LE2) 12640445 PF64

1.6L L4 Diesel Engine (LH7) 55588497 PF2264G

Fuel Filter

1.6L L4 Diesel Engine (LH7) 23304096 TP1015



Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185

Spark Plugs

1.4L L4 Gas Engine (LE2) 12686362 41-157

Wiper Blades

Driver – 70 cm (27.6 in) 39090986 —

Passenger – 60 cm (23.6 in) 39090987 —

Rear (Liftgate Models) – 25 cm (9.8 in) 13464219 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Services Performed


338 Technical Data

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Service Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Vehicle DataCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 341

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe driver side of the vehicle. It canbe seen through the windshield fromoutside. The Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) also appears on theVehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacement

parts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 339 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThere may be a label on the insideof the trunk area that contains thefollowing information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Model designation

. Paint information

. Production options and specialequipment

If there is no label, there is abarcode on the certification label onthe center (B) pillar to scan for thissame information.


Technical Data 339

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions. See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 334.

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type andcharge amount, see the refrigerant label under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling System

1.4L L4 Gas Engine (LE2) 6.1 L 6.4 qt

1.6L L4 Diesel Engine (LH7) 6.7 L 7.0 qt

Engine Oil with Filter

1.4L L4 Gas Engine (LE2) 4.0 L 4.2 qt

1.6L L4 Diesel Engine (LH7) 5.0 L 5.3 qt

Fuel Tank

Base Diesel 51.3 L 13.5 gal

Base Gasoline 51.7 L 13.7 gal

LS Trim 45.6 L 12.0 gal


340 Technical Data

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

DEF Tank (LH7 Only)

Sedan 13.5 L 3.6 gal

Liftgate Models 12.5 L 3.3 gal

Wheel Nut Torque 140Y 100 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual.

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap

1.4L L4 Gas Engine (LE2) M Automatic 0.60 – 0.70 mm (0.024 –0.028 in)

1.6L L4 Diesel Engine (LH7) E Automatic —

Spark plug gap is for replacement spark plugs.


Technical Data 341

Engine Drive Belt Routing

1.4L L4 Engine

1.6L L4 Diesel Engine


342 Customer Information

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

Customer AssistanceOffices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 345

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 345GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Scheduling ServiceAppointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 349Publication OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

Radio FrequencyStatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects tothe United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 354OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 355

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toChevrolet. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service,or parts manager, contact the ownerof your dealership or the generalmanager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot be


Customer Information 343

resolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800-222-1020. InCanada, call General Motors ofCanada Customer Care Centre at1-800-263-3777 (English),or 1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give yourinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Chevrolet,remember that your concern willlikely be resolved at a dealer'sfacility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith your new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line Program toenforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better Business Bureaus,Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.



STEP THREE — CanadianOwners : In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps Oneand Two, General Motors of CanadaCompany wants you to be aware ofits participation in a no-chargeMediation/Arbitration Program.General Motors of CanadaCompany has committed to bindingarbitration of owner disputesinvolving factory-related vehicleservice claims. The programprovides for the review of the factsinvolved by an impartial third partyarbiter, and may include an informalhearing before the arbiter. Theprogram is designed so that theentire dispute settlement process,from the time you file your complaintto the final decision, should becompleted in about 70 days. Webelieve our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

The Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of CanadaCompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Your inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesChevrolet encourages customers tocall the toll-free number forassistance. However, if a customerwishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170www.Chevrolet.com

1-800-222-10201-800-833-2438 (For TextTelephone Devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-243-8872

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre,Mail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For Text



Telephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-268-6800

Overseas

Please contact the local GeneralMotors Business Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTYequipment available at its CustomerAssistance Center. Any TTY user inthe U.S. can communicate withChevrolet by dialing:1-800-833-2438. TTY users inCanada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com

The Chevrolet online ownerexperience allows interaction withChevrolet and keeps importantvehicle-specific information in oneplace.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner’s manualsand view vehicle-specific how-tovideos.

G : View maintenance schedules,alerts, and Vehicle DiagnosticInformation. Schedule serviceappointments.

I : View and print dealer-recordedservice records and self-recordedservice records.

D : Select a preferred dealer andview locations, maps, phonenumbers, and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number (VIN)0 338.

H : View GM Card, SiriusXMSatellite radio (if equipped), andOnStar account information (ifequipped).

F : Chat with online helprepresentatives.

See my.chevrolet.com to registeryour vehicle.

Chevrolet Owner Centre(Canada)www.chevroletowner.ca

Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:

. Chat live with online helprepresentatives.

. Locate owner resources such aslease-end, financing, andwarranty information.

. Retrieve your favorite articles,quizzes, tips, and multimediagalleries organized into theFeatured Articles and Auto CareSections.


346 Customer Information. Download owner’s manuals.

. Find theChevrolet-recommendedmaintenance services.

GM MobilityReimbursement Program

This program is available toqualified applicants for costreimbursement, up to certain limits,of eligible aftermarket adaptiveequipment required for the vehicle,such as hand controls or awheelchair/scooter lift for thevehicle.

To learn about the GM Mobilityprogram, see www.gmmobility.comor call the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada also hasa Mobility program. See www.gm.caor call 1-800-GM-DRIVE(800-463-7483) for details. TTYusers call 1-800-263-3830.

Roadside AssistanceProgramFor U.S.-purchased vehicles, call1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.)

For Canadian-purchased vehicles,call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance

When calling Roadside Assistance,have the following informationready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number

. Telephone number of yourlocation

. Location of the vehicle

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle

. Description of the problem

Coverage

Services are provided for theduration of the vehicle’s powertrainwarranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Assistance is not a part ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to makeany changes or discontinue theRoadside Assistance program atany time without notification.

General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner or



driver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Services Provided. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Chevrolet dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is not givenwhen the vehicle is stuck in thesand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with the sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,must be in good condition andproperly inflated. It is the owner's

responsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyevent, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed within thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are reasonableand customary hotel, meals,rental car, or a vehicle beingdelivered back to the customer,up to 500 miles.

Services Not Included inRoadside Assistance. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws

. Legal fines

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices

Service is not provided if a vehicleis in an area that is not accessibleto the service vehicle or is not a

regularly traveled or maintainedpublic road, which includes ice andwinter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement

is up to 7 liters. If available,diesel fuel delivery may berestricted. Propane and otherfuels are not provided throughthis service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: Must be over150 km from where your trip wasstarted to qualify.Pre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copy ofthe repair orders are required.Once authorization has beenreceived, the RoadsideAssistance advisor will help tomake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.


348 Customer Information. Alternative Service: If

assistance cannot be providedright away, the RoadsideAssistance advisor may givepermission to get localemergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100,after sending the original receiptto Roadside Assistance.Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost forparts and labor for repairs notcovered by the warranty are theowner responsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,

unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada),extended powertrain, and/orhybrid-specific warranties in boththe U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM for shuttle service. If U.S.



customers arrange their owntransportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costsand be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as fuel usagecharges, taxes, levies, usage fees,excessive mileage, or rental usagebeyond the completion of the repairare also your responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.



Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repaircenter that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs through the use ofaftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacement

parts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Assistance Program0 346.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number

. Driver license number

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number

. Vehicle license plate number


Customer Information 351. Vehicle make, model, and

model year

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Insurance company and policynumber

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 78.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycled

original GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Publication OrderingInformation

Service Manuals

Service manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengine, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electricalsystem, steering system, body, etc.

Customer Literature

Owner’s manuals are writtenspecifically for owners and areintended to provide basicoperational information about thevehicle. The owner’s manualincludes the Maintenance Schedulefor all models.

Customer literature publicationsavailable for purchase includeowner’s manuals, warrantymanuals, infotainment manuals, andportfolios. Portfolios include anowner’s manual, warranty manual,infotainment manual, if applicable,and zip lock bag or pouch.



Current and Past Models

Service manuals and customerliterature are available for manycurrent and past model year GMvehicles.

To order, call 1-800-551-4123Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m.eastern time

For credit card orders only (VISA,MasterCard, or Discover), seeHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

To order by mail, write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Make checks payable in U.S. funds.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomplies with Part 15/Part 18 of theFederal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules and withInnovation, Science and EconomicDevelopment (ISED) Canada'sRSP-100 / license-exempt RSS's /ICES-001.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.



To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; orwrite to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motorvehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has asafety defect, notify TransportCanada immediately, and notifyGeneral Motors of CanadaCompany. Call TransportCanada at 1-800-333-0510;go to:

www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)

www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)

or write to:

Transport CanadaMotor Vehicle Safety DirectorateDefect Investigations andRecalls Division80 Noel StreetGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

In the U.S., call 1-800-222-1020,or write:

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French), or write:

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre,Mail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

In Mexico, call 01-800-466-0811.

In other Central America andCaribbean Countries, call52-722-236-0680.



Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andtransmission performance, tomonitor the conditions for airbagdeployment and deploy them in acrash, and, if equipped, to provideantilock braking to help the drivercontrol the vehicle. These modulesmay store data to help the dealertechnician service the vehicle.Some modules may also store dataabout how the vehicle is operated,such as rate of fuel consumption oraverage speed. These modules mayretain personal preferences, such asradio presets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.



GM will not access these data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStarIf the vehicle is equipped withOnStar and has an active serviceplan, additional data may becollected through the OnStarsystem. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation;collisions involving the vehicle; theuse of the vehicle and its features;and, in certain situations, thelocation and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to the

OnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

See OnStar Additional Information0 358.

Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


356 OnStar

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to an OnStarAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStarservices may require a paid serviceplan and data plan. OnStar requiresthe vehicle battery and electricalsystem, cellular service, and GPSsatellite signals to be available andoperating. OnStar acts as a link toexisting emergency serviceproviders. OnStar may collect

information about you and yourvehicle, including locationinformation. See OnStar UserTerms, Privacy Statement, andSoftware Terms for more detailsincluding system limitations atwww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is off. Press Qtwice to speak with an OnStarAdvisor.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion.


OnStar 357

Press= to:

. Open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display. See theinfotainment manual forinformation on how to use theOnStar app.

Or

. Make a call, end a call,or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.

. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fihotspot name or SSID andpassword, if equipped.

PressQ to connect to anAdvisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check ofthe vehicle's key operatingsystems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan orrespond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severeweather or other crisis situationsand find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require anactive safety and security plan. WithAutomatic Crash Response, built-insensors can automatically alert aspecially trained OnStar Advisorwho is immediately connected in tothe vehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, andrelay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service providerto help with a flat tire, a batteryjump, or an empty gas tank.


358 OnStar

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block,if equipped, OnStar can blockthe engine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,if equipped, OnStar can workwith law enforcement togradually slow the vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification

If equipped, if the doors are lockedand the vehicle alarm sounds, anotification by text, e-mail, or phonecall will be sent. If the vehicle isstolen, an OnStar Advisor can workwith authorities to recover thevehicle.

OnStar AdditionalInformationIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase.PressQ to set up an account.

. After change in ownership andat 90 days.

Transferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring theVehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) immediately toterminate your OnStar or connectedservices if the vehicle is disposedof, sold, transferred, or if thelease ends.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStaror connected service options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance, RemoteServices, Roadside Assistance, andHands-Free Calling are available onmost vehicles. Not all OnStarservices are available everywhereor on all vehicles. For moreinformation, a full description ofOnStar services, system limitations,and OnStar User Terms, PrivacyStatement, and Software Terms:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.


OnStar 359

. PressQ to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar or connected servicescannot work unless the vehicle is ina place where OnStar has anagreement with a wireless serviceprovider for service in that area. Thewireless service provider must alsohave coverage, network capacity,reception, and technologycompatible with OnStar orconnected services. Serviceinvolving location information aboutthe vehicle cannot work unless GPSsignals are available, unobstructed,and compatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar or connectedservices may not work if the OnStarequipment is not properly installedor it has not been properlymaintained. If equipment or softwareis added, connected, or modified,OnStar or connected services maynot work. Other problems beyondthe control of OnStar — such ashills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damage

to the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.


Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpwith physical disabilities andmedical conditions.

PressQ to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicle

access to all OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.

If equipped, TTY mode can beturned on or off by touchingSettings, then Apps, and thenPhone. When TTY mode is on,phone calls can be made orreceived with OnStar using theinfotainment display.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will needto be changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. Tochange the OnStar PIN, contact anOnStar Advisor by pressingQ orcalling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the vehiclewarranty.


360 OnStar

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.PressQ and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for 10 dayswithout an ignition cycle. If thevehicle has not been started for10 days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance or a locksmithto help gain access to the vehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate to

call OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items overor near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this message

may come on. PressQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 227. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,


OnStar 361

security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such asOnStar Hands-Free Calling nametags, saved navigation destinations,or pre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data orsettings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacystatement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehiclesystem status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)or pressQ to speak with anAdvisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned thatthe privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third partiesmay unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please seehttp://opensource.lge.com/index

www.onstar.com/us/en/

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that theabove copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OR


362 OnStar

OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, useor other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license.The definitive version of thisdocument should be availableat ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed

Gordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be heldliable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must not


OnStar 363

be misrepresented as beingthe original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permissionof Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use ofthe Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.


364 Connected Services

ConnectedServices

Connected ServicesNavigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

Connected Services

NavigationNavigation requires a specificOnStar or connected service plan.

PressQ to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to anAdvisor.

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton, if equipped, may vary byvehicle and region. For somevehicles, press= to open the

OnStar app on the infotainmentdisplay. For other vehicles press=as follows.

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat



Connected Services 365

2. Say “Repeat.” Systemresponds with the last directiongiven, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Send Destination to Vehicle

Directions can be sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

PressQ, then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent tothe navigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following services help withstaying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwordsfor the Wi-Fi hotspot andmyChevrolet mobile application.Make these passwords differentfrom each other and use acombination of letters, numbers,and symbols to increase thesecurity.

. Change the default name of theSSID (Service Set Identifier).This is your network’s name thatis visible to other wirelessdevices. Choose a unique nameand avoid family names orvehicle descriptions.

Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)

The vehicle may have a built-inWi-Fi hotspot that provides accessto the Internet and web content at4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobiledevices can be connected. A dataplan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe todo so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, press= to openthe OnStar app on theinfotainment display, thenselect Wi-Fi Hotspot. On somevehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-FiSettings on the screen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on somevehicles, the connection type(no Internet connection, 3G,4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID orpassword, pressQ or call1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor. On some


366 Connected Services

vehicles, the SSID andpassword can be changed inthe Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.

After initial set-up, your vehicle’sWi-Fi hotspot will connectautomatically to your mobiledevices. Manage data usage byturning Wi-Fi on or off on yourmobile device, using themyChevrolet mobile app, or bycontacting an OnStar Advisor. Onsome vehicles, Wi-Fi can also bemanaged from the Wi-FiHotspot menu.

MyChevrolet Mobile App (IfAvailable)

Download the myChevrolet mobileapp to compatible Apple andAndroid smartphones. Chevroletusers can access the followingservices from a smartphone:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oillife, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send destinations to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

. Locate a dealer and scheduleservice.

. Request roadside assistance.

. Set a parking reminder with pindrop, take a photo, make a note,and set a timer.

. Connect with Chevrolet on socialmedia.

Features are subject to change. FormyChevrolet mobile app informationand compatibility, seemy.chevrolet.com.

An active OnStar or connectedservice plan may be required.A compatible device,

factory-installed remote start, andpower locks are required. Data ratesapply. See www.onstar.com fordetails and system limitations.

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor tounlock the doors or sound the hornand flash the lamps.

Marketplace

OnStar Advisors can provide offersfrom restaurants and retailers onyour route, help locate hotels,or book a room. These servicesvary by market.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling

Make and receive calls with thebuilt-in wireless calling service,which requires available minutes.Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion. For some vehicles, press=to open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display, then selectHands-Free calling. For othervehicles press= as follows.


Connected Services 367

Make a Call

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds:“OK, calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency


2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing.System responds: “911.”

4. Say “Call.” System responds:“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is,”then says the number.

End a Call

Press=. System responds: “Callended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

If equipped, press= and touchAccount Services to view thenumber of remaining minutes,available Wi-Fi data, and otheraccount information.

DiagnosticsBy monitoring and reporting on thevehicle's key systems, OnStarAdvanced Diagnostics, if equipped,provides a way to keep up onmaintenance. Capabilities vary bymodel. See www.onstar.com fordetails and system limitations.Features are subject to change. Forupdates on feature capabilities, seemy.chevrolet.com. Message anddata rates may apply.


368 Index

Index AAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 227Additional InformationOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 242Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .152, 154Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78

Passenger Sensing System . . . .79What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78

When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76

Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .75

AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84

Passenger Status Indicator . . . 123Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

AlertLane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 210

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 195Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Assistance Program,Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Assistance Systems forParking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 202

Auto StopStop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . 178


Index 369

AutomaticClimate Control System . . . . . . . 154Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Forward Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

BBatteryExterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Battery - North America . . . .251, 307Biodiesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 253BrakeSystem Warning Light . . . . . . . . 126

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Braking (cont'd)Automatic Forward . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Braking SystemFront Pedestrian (FPB) . . . . . . . 208

Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 170Bulb ReplacementFog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Headlamps and Front TurnSignal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 262Taillamps and Back-upLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113CaliforniaPerchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

CaliforniaProposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .230, 251, 307,

Back CoverCanadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2

Capacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

CargoCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 106Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 123CheckEngine Light (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 253Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . .87ISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100, 102Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313


370 Index

Cleaning (cont'd)Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 152Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Cold Weather Operation . . . . . . . . 218Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 349Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 306CompartmentsStorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 294Connected ServicesConnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

ConnectionsConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . 365

ControlTraction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52CoolantEngine Temperature Gauge . . 121

Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152, 154Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

CoverCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 345Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344Text Telephone (TTY)Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Customer InformationPublications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 349Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3Data CollectionInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 355OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 354

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44DiagnosticsConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . 367

Diesel Exhaust Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Diesel Particulate Filter . . . . . . . . . 183Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149DoorAjar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 341Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 201Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .132, 135

DrivingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 204Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . .27Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 164If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 166


Index 371

Driving (cont'd)Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 162Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 166Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

EElectrical Equipment,Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Electrical SystemEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 263Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263EmergencyOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Check Light (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 234Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

Engine (cont'd)Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 183Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

EnginesDiesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 354Exhaust FluidDiesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 144Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

FFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Replacement (Fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Filter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 147Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321FluidAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 241Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Forward Automatic Braking . . . . . 206Forward Collision Alert(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Frequency StatementRadio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Front Fog LampLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Front SeatsAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62

FuelAdditives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216


372 Index

Fuel (cont'd)Biodiesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Cold Weather Operation . . . . . . 218Diesel Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . 222, 224Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 222Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 130Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Running out of Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . 221Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214, 215Water in Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Fuel for Diesel Engines . . . . . . . . . 216FusesEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 263Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

GGas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

GaugesEngine CoolantTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . 323Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 147Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58HeadlampsAiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Headlamps (cont'd)Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 131High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 146Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 131

HeatedSteering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52HeaterEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152, 154High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 131High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 279Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 164Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152, 154

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . .171, 172Ignition Transmission LockCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50IndicatorPedestrian Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . 127


Index 373

Indicator (cont'd)Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

InformationPublication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . 351

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 355Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . 6Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 53Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2ISOFIX Child RestraintSystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

JJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

KKeyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . 31, 38

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 273LampsCourtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 146

Lamps (cont'd)Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Malfunction Indicator(Check Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Taillamps and Back-up . . . . . . . 258

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 210Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 212Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 127Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69LATCH SystemReplacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47LightingEntry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Lighting (cont'd)LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 126Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Check Engine (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) . . . 130Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 129Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 146Lane Keep Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 121Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127


374 Index

Lights (cont'd)Wait to Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 130Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

MMaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Maintenance and CareAdditional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 325Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 124Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194MessagesEngine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Messages (cont'd)Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

MirrorsConvex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 53Monitor System, TirePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

NNavigationConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . 364

New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 170

OOdometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119

Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 240Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 86Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 345

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355OnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358OperationFog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

PParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202ParkingBrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 253

Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 182

Parking or BackingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 202

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123


Index 375

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 79Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . 127Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements, California . . . . . . 231

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

PowerDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 180Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53

Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 71PrivacyVehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 354

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . . 348

Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Proposition65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . .230, 251, 307,

Back CoverPublication OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . 352Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 202Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 112Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60RecommendedFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 311Reimbursement Program,GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 38

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 85Replacing LATCH SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 353General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55

Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 341Running out of Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

SSafety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 353General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 348


376 Index

Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .73Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .71

SeatsAdjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .60Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .60

Securing ChildRestraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100, 102

SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Climate Control System . . . . . . . 152

Service (cont'd)Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 231Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 337Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

Parts Identification Label . . . . . 338Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 348

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck, AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 210Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Spare TireCompact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Special Application Services . . . . 330Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119StabiliTrakOFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 252Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Storage AreasCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 106Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

StrutsGas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3SystemForward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151, 355SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201


Index 377

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119TaillampsBack-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 345Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . 50, 51Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278, 279Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Pressure Monitor Operation . . 281Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 280Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Sealant and CompressorKit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Tires (cont'd)Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Terminology and Definitions . . 275Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 291When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214, 215TowingGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 227Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .311Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

TractionControl System(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . 128

Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

UUniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 289Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Identification Number (VIN) . . . 338Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 127Vehicle CareStoring the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 300

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354


378 Index

Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

WWait to Start Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129WarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 126Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 212

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Water in Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219WheelsAlignment and Tire Balance . . 291Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 91Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53

WindshieldReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 253WipersRear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

CruzeOwner’s Manual

84169515 A

2019 Cru

ze

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

19_CHEV_Cruze_COV_en_US_84169515A_2018JUN22.ai 1 6/14/2018 10:21:20 AM19_CHEV_Cruze_COV_en_US_84169515A_2018JUN22.ai 1 6/14/2018 10:21:20 AM

2019 cruze - my.chevrolet.com · cruze owner’s manual 84169515 a 2019 cruze c m y cm my cy cmy k...

Documents